Audio, Visual & Navigation System: Section

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 764

DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA

AUDIO, VISUAL & NAVIGATION SYSTEM


SECTION AV B

E
CONTENTS
BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION System Description ..................................................19 F
Component Parts Location ......................................20
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 12 Component Description ...........................................21
G
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........12 REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM ..................... 22
Work Flow ............................................................... 12 System Diagram ......................................................22
System Description ..................................................22
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ....................14 Component Parts Location ......................................23 H
Component Description ...........................................23
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT-
TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL ................................... 14 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) ... 25
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING I
Diagnosis Description ..............................................25
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description .... 14 CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV) ......................34
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Re- DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 37 J
pair Requirement ..................................................... 14
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 37
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Description ...............................................................37
CONTROL UNIT ........................................................ 14 K
DTC Logic ................................................................37
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................37
CONTROL UNIT : Description ................................ 14
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 38 L
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .... 14 Description ...............................................................38
DTC Logic ................................................................38
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................38 M
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT ......................... 14
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT .............................. 39
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description Description ...............................................................39
.... 14 DTC Logic ................................................................39 AV
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Re- U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT .............................. 40
pair Requirement ..................................................... 14 Description ...............................................................40 O
DTC Logic ................................................................40
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 15
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT .............................. 41
MULTI AV SYSTEM ...........................................15 Description ...............................................................41 P
System Diagram ...................................................... 15 DTC Logic ................................................................41
System Description ................................................. 15
Component Parts Location ...................................... 16 U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ...................................... 42
Component Description ........................................... 17 Description ...............................................................42
DTC Logic ................................................................42
AUDIO SYSTEM .................................................19 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................42
System Diagram ...................................................... 19

Revision: 2010 March AV-1 2009 G37 Convertible


U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .................... 44 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ......................... 59
Description .............................................................. 44 Description .............................................................. 59
DTC Logic ............................................................... 44 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 59
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 44
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ........... 60
U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER .................. 45 Description .............................................................. 60
Description .............................................................. 45 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 60
DTC Logic ............................................................... 45
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 45 CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR
VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CONTROL
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................... 47 UNIT) .................................................................. 61
Description .............................................................. 47 Description .............................................................. 61
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 61
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 48
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAM-
AV CONTROL UNIT .................................................. 48
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 48
ERA CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL
UNIT) .................................................................. 63
DISPLAY UNIT .......................................................... 48 Description .............................................................. 63
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 48 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 63

MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ...................................... 49 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ........................ 64


MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Proce- Description .............................................................. 64
dure ........................................................................ 49 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 64
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ....................................... 50 COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure (CONT-SAT) ...................................................... 65
... 50 Description .............................................................. 65
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ..................................... 51 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 65
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Proce- REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT→CONT) ... 67
dure ........................................................................ 51 Description .............................................................. 67
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................... 52 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 67
Description .............................................................. 52 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52 CIRCUIT ............................................................. 68
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................ 53 Description .............................................................. 68
Description .............................................................. 53 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 68
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIR-
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 54 CUIT ................................................................... 70
Description .............................................................. 54 Description .............................................................. 70
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 70

RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...... 55 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT ........ 72
Description .............................................................. 55 Description .............................................................. 72
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 72
Component Inspection ............................................ 72
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................. 56
Description .............................................................. 56 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT ........ 74
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56 Description .............................................................. 74
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG- Component Inspection ............................................ 74
NAL CIRCUIT .................................................... 57
Description .............................................................. 57 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT... 76
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 57 Description .............................................................. 76
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL Component Inspection ............................................ 76
CIRCUIT ............................................................. 58
Description .............................................................. 58 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 78
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58 AV CONTROL UNIT .......................................... 78

Revision: 2010 March AV-2 2009 G37 Convertible


Reference Value ..................................................... 78 TWEETER ....................................................... 158
Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI- Exploded View ....................................................... 158 A
GATION SYSTEM - ................................................ 84 Removal and Installation ....................................... 158
DTC Index ............................................................... 97
ANTENNA BASE ............................................ 159
DISPLAY UNIT ...................................................99 B
Exploded View ....................................................... 159
Reference Value ..................................................... 99 Removal and Installation ....................................... 159
Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI-
GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 101 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ........................... 160 C
Exploded View ....................................................... 160
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ............................ 115 Removal and Installation ....................................... 160
Reference Value ................................................... 115
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ............................ 161 D
Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI-
GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 116 Exploded View ....................................................... 161
Removal and Installation ....................................... 161
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .............................. 130 E
Reference Value ................................................... 130 PRESET SWITCH ........................................... 162
Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI- Exploded View ....................................................... 162
GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 132 Removal and Installation ....................................... 162
F
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 146 STEERING SWITCH ....................................... 163
Exploded View ....................................................... 163
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .................... 146 Removal and Installation ....................................... 163 G
Symptom Table ..................................................... 146
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ............................ 164
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 149 Exploded View ....................................................... 164
Description ............................................................ 149 Removal and Installation ....................................... 164 H

PRECAUTION ............................................ 151 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ............................. 165


Exploded View ....................................................... 165 I
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 151 Removal and Installation ....................................... 165
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Adjustment ............................................................. 165
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 151 REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 166 J
Precaution for Battery Service .............................. 151 Exploded View ....................................................... 166
Service Procedure Precautions for Models with a Removal and Installation ....................................... 166
Pop-up Roll Bar ..................................................... 151 Adjustment ............................................................. 166 K
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 151
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 152 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 168
Exploded View ....................................................... 168
L
PREPARATION ......................................... 153 Removal and Installation ....................................... 168

PREPARATION ................................................ 153 ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO) ......................... 169


Commercial Service Tools .................................... 153 Harness Layout ..................................................... 169 M

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 154 ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO) .... 170
Harness Layout ..................................................... 170
AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 154 BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION AV
Exploded View ...................................................... 154
Removal and Installation ....................................... 154 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 171
O
DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 155 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 171
Exploded View ...................................................... 155 Work Flow .............................................................. 171
Removal and Installation ....................................... 155
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................ 173 P
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................. 156
Exploded View ...................................................... 156 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT-
Removal and Installation ....................................... 156 TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL ................................. 173
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
REAR SPEAKER ............................................. 157 BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description .. 173
Exploded View ...................................................... 157
Removal and Installation ....................................... 157

Revision: 2010 March AV-3 2009 G37 Convertible


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING DTC Logic ............................................................. 211
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Re- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
pair Requirement ...................................................173
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 212
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Description ............................................................ 212
CONTROL UNIT .......................................................173 DTC Logic ............................................................. 212
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT : Description ...............................173 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 213
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Description ............................................................ 213
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement ....173 DTC Logic ............................................................. 213

REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 214
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT .......................173 Description ............................................................ 214
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE DTC Logic ............................................................. 214
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description
..173 U1231 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 215
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE Description ............................................................ 215
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Re- DTC Logic ............................................................. 215
pair Requirement ...................................................173 U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ...................................... 216
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 174 Description ............................................................ 216
DTC Logic ............................................................. 216
MULTI AV SYSTEM ......................................... 174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216
System Diagram ....................................................174
System Description ................................................174
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ................... 218
Component Parts Location ....................................176 Description ............................................................ 218
Component Description .........................................177 DTC Logic ............................................................. 218
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
AUDIO SYSTEM .............................................. 179
System Diagram ....................................................179
U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ................. 219
System Description ................................................179 Description ............................................................ 219
Component Parts Location ....................................181 DTC Logic ............................................................. 219
Component Description .........................................182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 219

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM ................... 184 U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER
System Diagram ....................................................184 SPEAKER ......................................................... 221
System Description ................................................184 Description ............................................................ 221
Component Parts Location ....................................185 DTC Logic ............................................................. 221
Component Description .........................................186 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221

HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM .................... 187 U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT
System Diagram ....................................................187 TWEETER/RIGHT SQUAWKER ...................... 222
System Description ................................................187 Description ............................................................ 222
Component Parts Location ....................................188 DTC Logic ............................................................. 222
Component Description .........................................189 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) . 190 U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B FRONT RIGHT
Diagnosis Description ............................................190 DOOR WOOFER .............................................. 223
CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV) .....................203 Description ............................................................ 223
DTC Logic ............................................................. 223
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT). 208 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223
Diagnosis Description ............................................208
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 210 WOOFER .......................................................... 224
Description ............................................................ 224
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 210 DTC Logic ............................................................. 224
Description .............................................................210 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224
DTC Logic ..............................................................210
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................210 U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT
WOOFER .......................................................... 225
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 211 Description ............................................................ 225
Description .............................................................211

Revision: 2010 March AV-4 2009 G37 Convertible


DTC Logic ............................................................. 225 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 225 .. 238 A
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B FRONT LEFT SATELLITE RADIO TUNER .................................... 239
DOOR WOOFER .............................................. 226 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Proce-
dure ....................................................................... 239 B
Description ............................................................ 226
DTC Logic ............................................................. 226
BOSE AMP. ............................................................. 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 226
BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ...................... 239 C
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT IPOD ADAPTER ...................................................... 240
TWEETER/LEFT SQUAWKER ........................ 227 iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 240
Description ............................................................ 227 D
DTC Logic ............................................................. 227 TEL ADAPTER UNIT ............................................... 240
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227 TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ........ 240

U1280, U1281, U1282, U1283 DRIVER HEAD- RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 242 E
REST LEFT SPEAKER .................................... 228 Description ............................................................. 242
Description ............................................................ 228 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
DTC Logic ............................................................. 228 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............. 243
Description ............................................................. 243
U1284, U1285, U1286, U1287 DRIVER HEAD- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243
REST RIGHT SPEAKER .................................. 229 G
Description ............................................................ 229
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................. 244
Description ............................................................. 244
DTC Logic ............................................................. 229
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 229

U1288, U1289, U128A, U128B PASSENGER RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT ... 245
Description ............................................................. 245
HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER .......................... 230 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
Description ............................................................ 230
DTC Logic ............................................................. 230 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 246
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230 Description ............................................................. 246 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246
U128C, U128D, U128E, U128F PASSENGER
HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER ........................ 231 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG-
Description ............................................................ 231 NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 247 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 231 Description ............................................................. 247
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 231 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 247
U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AudioPilot™ L
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
MICROPHONE ................................................. 232 CIRCUIT .......................................................... 248
Description ............................................................ 232 Description ............................................................. 248
DTC Logic ............................................................. 232 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...................... 249
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................. 234 Description ............................................................. 249 AV
Description ............................................................ 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 249
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 236 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ........ 250
Description ............................................................. 250 O
AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 236
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 250
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 236

DISPLAY UNIT ........................................................ 236 CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT ......................... 251 P


DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 236 Description ............................................................. 251
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ..................................... 237
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Proce- DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................... 252
dure ....................................................................... 237 Description ............................................................. 252
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 252
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ..................................... 238
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................. 253

Revision: 2010 March AV-5 2009 G37 Convertible


Description .............................................................253 BOSE AMP. ...................................................... 326
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................253 Reference Value ................................................... 326
Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI-
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 329
VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CONTROL
UNIT) ................................................................ 255 iPod ADAPTER ................................................ 351
Description .............................................................255 Reference Value ................................................... 351
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................255 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI-
GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 353
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAM-
ERA CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ............................. 374
UNIT) ................................................................ 257 Reference Value ................................................... 374
Description .............................................................257 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................257 GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 375

COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT TEL ADAPTER UNIT ........................................ 397


(CONT-SAT) .................................................... 258 Reference Value ................................................... 397
Description .............................................................258 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................258 GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 398

REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT→CONT) . 260 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .............................. 420
Description .............................................................260 Reference Value ................................................... 420
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................260 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI-
GATION SYSTEM - .............................................. 422
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 261 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 444
Description .............................................................261 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .................... 444
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................261 Symptom Table ..................................................... 444
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIR- NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 449
CUIT ................................................................. 263 Description ............................................................ 449
Description .............................................................263
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................263 PRECAUTION ........................................... 451
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT ...... 265 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 451
Description .............................................................265 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................265 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Inspection ...........................................265 SIONER" ............................................................... 451
Precaution for Battery Service .............................. 451
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT ...... 267 Service Procedure Precautions for Models with a
Description .............................................................267 Pop-up Roll Bar ..................................................... 451
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................267
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 451
Component Inspection ...........................................267
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 452
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT . 269
PREPARATION ......................................... 453
Description .............................................................269
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................269 PREPARATION ................................................ 453
Component Inspection ...........................................269 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 453
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 271 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 454
AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 271 AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 454
Reference Value ....................................................271 Exploded View ...................................................... 454
Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI- Removal and Installation ....................................... 454
GATION SYSTEM - ...............................................278
DTC Index .............................................................299 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 455
Exploded View ...................................................... 455
DISPLAY UNIT ................................................ 302 Removal and Installation ....................................... 455
Reference Value ....................................................302
Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVI- DOOR SQUAWKER ......................................... 456
GATION SYSTEM - ...............................................304 Exploded View ...................................................... 456

Revision: 2010 March AV-6 2009 G37 Convertible


Removal and Installation ....................................... 456 MICROPHONE ................................................ 472
Exploded View ....................................................... 472 A
DOOR WOOFER .............................................. 457 Removal and Installation ....................................... 472
Exploded View ...................................................... 457
Removal and Installation ....................................... 457 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ............................. 473
B
Exploded View ....................................................... 473
TWEETER ........................................................ 458 Removal and Installation ....................................... 473
Exploded View ...................................................... 458 Adjustment ............................................................. 473
Removal and Installation ....................................... 458 C
REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 474
CENTER SPEAKER ......................................... 459 Exploded View ....................................................... 474
Exploded View ...................................................... 459 Removal and Installation ....................................... 474
Removal and Installation ....................................... 459 D
Adjustment ............................................................. 474
REAR WOOFER ............................................... 460 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 476
Exploded View ...................................................... 460 Exploded View ....................................................... 476 E
Removal and Installation ....................................... 460 Removal and Installation ....................................... 476
HEADREST SPEAKER .................................... 461 TEL ADAPTER UNIT ...................................... 477
Exploded View ...................................................... 461 F
Exploded View ....................................................... 477
Removal and Installation ....................................... 461 Removal and Installation ....................................... 477
BOSE AMP. ...................................................... 462 ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO) ......................... 478 G
Exploded View ...................................................... 462 Harness Layout ..................................................... 478
Removal and Installation ....................................... 462
ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO) .... 479
AudioPilot® MICROPHONE ............................ 463 Harness Layout ..................................................... 479 H
Exploded View ...................................................... 463
Removal and Installation ....................................... 463 ANTENNA FEEDER (TEL) ............................. 480
Harness Layout ..................................................... 480 I
ANTENNA BASE ............................................. 464
BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION
Exploded View ...................................................... 464
Removal and Installation ....................................... 464 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 481
J
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ............................ 465 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 481
Exploded View ...................................................... 465 Work Flow .............................................................. 481
Removal and Installation ....................................... 465 K
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................ 483
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ............................. 466
Exploded View ...................................................... 466 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT-
Removal and Installation ....................................... 466 TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL ................................. 483 L
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
PRESET SWITCH ............................................ 467 BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description .. 483
Exploded View ...................................................... 467 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 467 BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Re-
pair Requirement ................................................... 483
STEERING SWITCH ........................................ 468
Exploded View ...................................................... 468 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV
Removal and Installation ....................................... 468 CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 483
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
iPod ADAPTER ................................................ 469 CONTROL UNIT : Description ............................... 483
Exploded View ...................................................... 469 O
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Removal and Installation ....................................... 469 CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .... 483
iPod CONNECTOR .......................................... 470 REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE P
Exploded View ...................................................... 470 CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT ....................... 483
Removal and Installation ....................................... 470 REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS .............................. 471 CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description
.. 483
Exploded View ...................................................... 471
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE
Removal and Installation ....................................... 471
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Re-
pair Requirement ................................................... 483

Revision: 2010 March AV-7 2009 G37 Convertible


SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 484 U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 532
Description ............................................................ 532
MULTI AV SYSTEM ......................................... 484 DTC Logic ............................................................. 532
System Diagram ....................................................484
System Description ................................................484 U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 533
Component Parts Location ....................................486 Description ............................................................ 533
Component Description .........................................487 DTC Logic ............................................................. 533

NAVIGATION SYSTEM ................................... 489 U1220 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 534


System Diagram ....................................................489 Description ............................................................ 534
System Description ................................................489 DTC Logic ............................................................. 534
Component Parts Location ....................................492
Component Description .........................................493 U121A AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 535
Description ............................................................ 535
AUDIO SYSTEM .............................................. 494 DTC Logic ............................................................. 535
System Diagram ....................................................494
System Description ................................................494 U121B AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 536
Component Parts Location ....................................496 Description ............................................................ 536
Component Description .........................................497 DTC Logic ............................................................. 536

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM ................... 499 U121C AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 537
System Diagram ....................................................499 Description ............................................................ 537
System Description ................................................499 DTC Logic ............................................................. 537
Component Parts Location ....................................500 U121D AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 538
Component Description .........................................501
Description ............................................................ 538
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) . 502 DTC Logic ............................................................. 538
Diagnosis Description ............................................502 U121E AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 539
CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV) .....................519
Description ............................................................ 539
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 525 DTC Logic ............................................................. 539

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 525 U121F AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 540
Description ............................................................ 540
Description .............................................................525
DTC Logic ............................................................. 540
DTC Logic ..............................................................525
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 540
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................525

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 526 U1204 GPS ....................................................... 541
Description ............................................................ 541
Description .............................................................526
DTC Logic ............................................................. 541
DTC Logic ..............................................................526
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 541
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................526

U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 527 U1205 GPS ....................................................... 542


Description ............................................................ 542
Description .............................................................527
DTC Logic ............................................................. 542
DTC Logic ..............................................................527
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 542
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 528
Description .............................................................528
U1206 GPS ....................................................... 543
Description ............................................................ 543
DTC Logic ..............................................................528
DTC Logic ............................................................. 543
U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 529 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 543
Description .............................................................529
DTC Logic ..............................................................529
U1207 GPS ....................................................... 544
Description ............................................................ 544
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 530 DTC Logic ............................................................. 544
Description .............................................................530 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 544
DTC Logic ..............................................................530
U1231 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 545
U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 531 Description ............................................................ 545
Description .............................................................531 DTC Logic ............................................................. 545
DTC Logic ..............................................................531
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ...................................... 546

Revision: 2010 March AV-8 2009 G37 Convertible


Description ............................................................ 546 U1280, U1281, U1282, U1283 DRIVER HEAD-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 546 REST LEFT SPEAKER ................................... 558 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 546 Description ............................................................. 558
DTC Logic .............................................................. 558
U1244 GPS ANTENNA .................................... 548 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 558
Description ............................................................ 548 B
DTC Logic ............................................................. 548 U1284, U1285, U1286, U1287 DRIVER HEAD-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 548 REST RIGHT SPEAKER ................................. 559
Description ............................................................. 559 C
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .................. 549
DTC Logic .............................................................. 559
Description ............................................................ 549
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 559
DTC Logic ............................................................. 549
D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 549 U1288, U1289, U128A, U128B PASSENGER
U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA ............ 550 HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER ......................... 560
Description ............................................................ 550 Description ............................................................. 560
E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 550 DTC Logic .............................................................. 560
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 560
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 550

U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER U128C, U128D, U128E, U128F PASSENGER F
SPEAKER ......................................................... 551 HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER ...................... 561
Description ............................................................. 561
Description ............................................................ 551
DTC Logic .............................................................. 561 G
DTC Logic ............................................................. 551
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 561
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 551

U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AudioPilot™
MICROPHONE ................................................ 562 H
TWEETER/RIGHT SQUAWKER ...................... 552
Description ............................................................ 552 Description ............................................................. 562
DTC Logic ............................................................. 552 DTC Logic .............................................................. 562
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 552 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 562 I

U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B FRONT RIGHT U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 564
Description ............................................................. 564
DOOR WOOFER .............................................. 553 J
Description ............................................................ 553 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 565
DTC Logic ............................................................. 553
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 553 AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 565
K
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 565
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT
WOOFER .......................................................... 554 DISPLAY UNIT ......................................................... 565
Description ............................................................ 554 DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .................. 565 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 554 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ..................................... 566
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 554
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Proce-
dure ....................................................................... 566 M
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT
WOOFER .......................................................... 555 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ...................................... 567
Description ............................................................ 555 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure
DTC Logic ............................................................. 555 AV
.. 567
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 555
BOSE AMP. ............................................................. 567
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B FRONT LEFT BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ...................... 567 O
DOOR WOOFER .............................................. 556
Description ............................................................ 556 IPOD ADAPTER ...................................................... 568
DTC Logic ............................................................. 556 iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 568
P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 556
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 569
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT Description ............................................................. 569
TWEETER/LEFT SQUAWKER ........................ 557 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 569
Description ............................................................ 557 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............. 570
DTC Logic ............................................................. 557
Description ............................................................. 570
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 557
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 570

Revision: 2010 March AV-9 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................. 571 Description ............................................................ 589
Description .............................................................571 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 589
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................571 Component Inspection .......................................... 589

RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT .... 572 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT.. 591
Description .............................................................572 Description ............................................................ 591
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................572 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 591
Component Inspection .......................................... 591
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................ 573
Description .............................................................573 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 593
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................573
AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 593
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG- Reference Value ................................................... 593
NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 574 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
Description .............................................................574 TION SYSTEM - ................................................... 598
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................574 Fail-Safe ................................................................ 620
DTC Index ............................................................. 622
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 575 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 625
Description .............................................................575 Reference Value ................................................... 625
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................575 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
TION SYSTEM - ................................................... 627
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....................... 576
Description .............................................................576 BOSE AMP. ...................................................... 650
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................576 Reference Value ................................................... 650
Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...................... 577 TION SYSTEM - ................................................... 653
Description .............................................................577
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................577 iPod ADAPTER ................................................ 676
Reference Value ................................................... 676
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................. 578 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
Description .............................................................578 TION SYSTEM - ................................................... 678
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................578
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .............................. 700
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR Reference Value ................................................... 700
VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CONTROL Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
UNIT) ................................................................ 580 TION SYSTEM - ................................................... 702
Description .............................................................580
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................580 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 725

CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAM- MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .................... 725
ERA CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) .... 582 Symptom Table ..................................................... 725
Description .............................................................582 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 730
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................582
Description ............................................................ 730
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
PRECAUTION ........................................... 735
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 583
Description .............................................................583 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 735
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................583 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIR- SIONER" ............................................................... 735
CUIT ................................................................. 585 Precaution for Battery Service .............................. 735
Description .............................................................585 Service Procedure Precautions for Models with a
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................585 Pop-up Roll Bar ..................................................... 735
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT ...... 587 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 735
Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 736
Description .............................................................587
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................587 PREPARATION ......................................... 737
Component Inspection ...........................................587
PREPARATION ................................................ 737
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT ...... 589 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 737

Revision: 2010 March AV-10 2009 G37 Convertible


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 738 Exploded View ....................................................... 750
Removal and Installation ....................................... 750 A
AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 738
Exploded View ...................................................... 738 STEERING SWITCH ....................................... 751
Removal and Installation ....................................... 738 Exploded View ....................................................... 751
Removal and Installation ....................................... 751 B
DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 739
Exploded View ...................................................... 739 iPod ADAPTER ............................................... 752
Removal and Installation ....................................... 739 Exploded View ....................................................... 752 C
Removal and Installation ....................................... 752
DOOR SQUAWKER ......................................... 740
Exploded View ...................................................... 740 iPod CONNECTOR ......................................... 753
Exploded View ....................................................... 753 D
Removal and Installation ....................................... 740
Removal and Installation ....................................... 753
DOOR WOOFER .............................................. 741
Exploded View ...................................................... 741 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ............................ 754 E
Removal and Installation ....................................... 741 Exploded View ....................................................... 754
Removal and Installation ....................................... 754
TWEETER ........................................................ 742
Exploded View ...................................................... 742 MICROPHONE ................................................ 755 F
Removal and Installation ....................................... 742 Exploded View ....................................................... 755
Removal and Installation ....................................... 755
CENTER SPEAKER ......................................... 743 G
Exploded View ...................................................... 743 GPS ANTENNA ............................................... 756
Removal and Installation ....................................... 743 Exploded View ....................................................... 756
Harness Layout ..................................................... 756
REAR WOOFER ............................................... 744 Removal and Installation ....................................... 757 H
Exploded View ...................................................... 744
Removal and Installation ....................................... 744 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ............................. 758
Exploded View ....................................................... 758 I
HEADREST SPEAKER .................................... 745 Removal and Installation ....................................... 758
Exploded View ...................................................... 745 Adjustment ............................................................. 758
Removal and Installation ....................................... 745
REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 759 J
BOSE AMP. ...................................................... 746 Exploded View ....................................................... 759
Exploded View ...................................................... 746 Removal and Installation ....................................... 759
Removal and Installation ....................................... 746 Adjustment ............................................................. 759 K
AudioPilot® MICROPHONE ............................ 747 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 761
Exploded View ...................................................... 747 Exploded View ....................................................... 761
Removal and Installation ....................................... 747 Removal and Installation ....................................... 761 L

ANTENNA BASE ............................................. 748 ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO) ......................... 762


Exploded View ...................................................... 748 Harness Layout ..................................................... 762 M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 748
ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO) .... 763
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ............................. 749 Harness Layout ..................................................... 763
Exploded View ...................................................... 749 AV
Removal and Installation ....................................... 749 ANTENNA FEEDER (GPS) ............................. 764
Harness Layout ..................................................... 764
PRESET SWITCH ............................................ 750
O

Revision: 2010 March AV-11 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004929596

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JSNIA0732GB

• Reference 1··· Refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".


• Reference 2··· Refer to AV-97, "DTC Index".
• Reference 3··· Refer to AV-146, "Symptom Table".
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW AND SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
Check the malfunction symptoms by performing the following items.
• Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc-
tion occurred).
• Check the symptom.
Is the occurred symptom malfunction?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: 2010 March AV-12 2009 G37 Convertible
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
1. Connect CONSULT-III and perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV”. Refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Func-
tion (MULTI AV)". A
NOTE:
Skip to step 4 of the diagnosis procedure if “MULTI AV” is not displayed.
2. Check if any DTC is displayed in the self-diagnosis results.
B
Is DTC displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
3.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC
1. Check the DTC indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the DTC Index. Refer to AV-97, "DTC Index". D

>> GO TO 5.
E
4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-146, "Symptom
Table". F

>> GO TO 5.
5.ERROR PART REPAIR G
1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV” with CONSULT-III.
NOTE: H
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
3. Check that the symptom does not occur. I
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> INSPECTION END J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-13 2009 G37 Convertible


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-
scription INFOID:0000000004929597

Always correct the center position of the rear view monitor's possible route line after disconnecting the battery
negative terminal.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Spe-
cial Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004929598

1.CORRECTION OF CENTER POSITION OF REAR VIEW MONITOR'S POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE


Refer to the following for details.

>> Refer to AV-14, "REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION
ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000004929599

When camera control unit is replaced, the center position of rear view monitor possible route line is corrected.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000004929600

1.CORRECTION OF CENTER POSITION OF REAR VIEW MONITOR'S POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE


Refer to the following for details.

>> Refer to AV-14, "REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION
ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST-
MENT
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST-
MENT : Description INFOID:0000000004929601

Adjust the center position of the possible route line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted.
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST-
MENT : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004929602

1.STEERING OPERATION
Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends.

>> GO TO 2
2.DRIVING
Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.

>> END

Revision: 2010 March AV-14 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
MULTI AV SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371469
B

I
JPNIA1590GB

NOTE:
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION J
SWITCH virtually.
• An antenna base integrated with radio antenna and satellite radio
antenna is adopted.
K

JSNIA1062GB

System Description INFOID:0000000004371470


AV

Multi AV system means that the following systems are integrated.


O
System name System explanation
AUDIO SYSTEM AV-19, "System Description"
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM AV-22, "System Description" P
• Indicates the status of audio, climate control system, fuel econ-
omy and maintenance.
VEHICLE INFORMATION SYSTEM • AV control unit displays the fuel consumption status while re-
ceiving data signal through CAN communication from ECM
and unified meter and A/C amp.

Revision: 2010 March AV-15 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
System name System explanation
SATELLITE RADIO SYSTEM AV-19, "System Description"
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM Refer to “AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM” shown below.
• AV control unit functions by transmitting/receiving data one by one with each unit (slave unit) that configures
them completely as a master unit by connecting between units that configure MULTI AV system with two AV
communication lines (H, L).
• Two AV communication lines (H, L) adopt a twisted pair line that is resistant to noise.
• AV control unit is connected by CAN communication, and it receives data signal from ECM, unified meter
and A/C amp. It computes and displays fuel economy information value with the obtained information. Trans-
mitting/receiving of data signal is performed by BCM. Also, it transmits the required signal of vehicle setting
and receives the response signal.
• AV control unit is connected with display and serial communication, and it transmits the required signal of
display and display control and receives the response signal from display. Also, it is connected with satellite
radio by serial communication, and it transmits the operating signal and receives the display signal.
NOTE:
AV control unit can perform CONSULT-III self-operating function and on board self-diagnosis.
• CONSULT-III self-diagnosis: refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
• On board self-diagnosis: refer to AV-25, "Diagnosis Description".
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM
• Image and sound can be output from an external device by connecting a device with auxiliary input jacks.
• Operation can be performed with multifunction switch and steering switch. Multifunction switch transmits
operation signal to AV control unit by AV communication.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004371471

JPNIA1596ZZ

1. Tweeter LH 2. Door speaker LH 3. Rear speaker LH


4. Rear view camera 5. Satellite radio tuner 6. Camera control unit

Revision: 2010 March AV-16 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Antenna base (antenna amp. and
7. 8. Rear speaker RH 9. Door speaker RH
satellite antenna) A
10. Tweeter RH 11. Display unit 12. Steering switch
13. Steering angle sensor 14. Preset switch 15. Auxiliary input jacks
16. AV control unit 17. Multifunction switch B
A. Trunk room RH B. Trunk room RH C. Spiral cable part

Component Description INFOID:0000000004371472


C

Part name Description


D
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each con-
trol unit by communication. It operates each system according to communi-
cation signals from the AV control unit.
• AV control unit includes audio function and vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function. F
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake). G
• Auxiliary image signal is input from the auxiliary input jacks.
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• RGB image signal is input from AV control unit (RGB, RGB area and RGB H
synchronizing).
DISPLAY UNIT
• Synchronizing signal (HP, VP) is output to AV control unit.
• Composite image signal (auxiliary and camera images) is input from the AV
control unit. I
• Outputs sound signal from AV control unit.
DOOR SPEAKER
• Outputs high, mid and low range sounds.
• Outputs sound signal from AV control unit.
J
REAR SPEAKER
• Outputs high, mid and low range sounds.
• Outputs sound signal from AV control unit.
TWEETER
• Outputs high range sound. K
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where audio and
auxiliary input operations are integrated.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
• Connected with preset switch via cable, and operation signal is transmitted L
to AV control unit via AV communication.
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where audio and air
conditioner operations are integrated.
M
PRESET SWITCH • Connected with multifunction switch via cable, and operation signal is trans-
mitted to AV control unit via AV communication.
• The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is AV
indicated on the display via AV control unit.
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con- O
nection recognition signal.
REAR VIEW CAMERA The image of vehicle rear view is transmitted to camera control unit.
P
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Sensor signal (steering angle) is transmitted to camera control unit.
• The operation of audio, etc. can be performed.
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
The image signal of the auxiliary input is output via the AV control unit to the
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
display unit, and it outputs the sound signal to the AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-17 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
An antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. and satellite radio antenna
is adopted.
ANTENNA AMP.
• Radio signal received by rod antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
ANTENNA BASE
trol unit.
• Power (antenna amp. ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
• Receives the satellite radio waves and outputs it to satellite radio tuner.
• Inputs the satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs the
sound signal to the AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
• It is controlled with the AV control unit and serial communication (communi-
cation signal and request signal).

Revision: 2010 March AV-18 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUDIO SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371473

JPNIA1632GB

NOTE: I
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
• An antenna base integrated with radio antenna and satellite radio J
antenna is adopted.

JSNIA1062GB M
System Description INFOID:0000000004371474

The audio system is equipped with the following functions. Each function can be operated with the multifunc- AV
tion switch, preset switch or steering switch. It indicates the operation status of AUDIO to the display unit.

Function O
AM/FM radio
CD
P
Satellite radio

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Operating Signal
Operation of the audio system can be performed with the multifunction switch, preset switch or steering
switch.

Revision: 2010 March AV-19 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with AV communication when it is operated by multifunction
switch or preset switch. The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with steering switch signal when it is operated by steering
switch.
Screen Display
• The display switching of the screen is performed with the communication signal between the display and the
AV control unit.
• The image signal to display operating condition is performed with RGB signal, RGB area signal and RGB
image synchronizing signal.
AM/FM Radio Mode
• AM/FM radio tuner is built into AV control unit.
• Audio signal is received by rod antenna, next it is amplified by antenna amp, and finally it is input to AV con-
trol unit. AV control unit outputs the audio signal to each speaker.
CD Mode (6CDs)
• CD changer (up to 6CDs) is built into AV control unit.
• AV control unit outputs the audio signal to each speaker when inserting the CD to AV control unit.
Satellite Radio Mode
• Satellite radio tuner is controlled by communication signal and request signal with AV control unit.
• Sound signal (satellite radio) is received by satellite antenna and transmitted to AV control unit. AV control
unit is output the sound signal (satellite radio) to each speaker.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004929606

JPNIA1596ZZ

1. Tweeter LH 2. Door speaker LH 3. Rear speaker LH


4. Rear view camera 5. Satellite radio tuner 6. Camera control unit
Antenna base (antenna amp. and
7. 8. Rear speaker RH 9. Door speaker RH
satellite antenna)

Revision: 2010 March AV-20 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
10. Tweeter RH 11. Display unit 12. Steering switch
13. Steering angle sensor 14. Preset switch 15. Auxiliary input jacks A
16. AV control unit 17. Multifunction switch
A. Trunk room RH B. Trunk room RH C. Spiral cable part
B
Component Description INFOID:0000000004371476

C
Part name Description
• The AM/FM receiving function and the CD playing function are equipped.
AV CONTROL UNIT
• Outputs the audio signal from each function to each speaker.
D
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
DISPLAY UNIT
• RGB image signal (audio operation condition) is input from AV control unit.
• Outputs sound signal from AV control unit. E
DOOR SPEAKER
• Outputs high, mid and low range sounds.
• Outputs sound signal from AV control unit.
REAR SPEAKER
• Outputs high, mid and low range sounds.
F
• Outputs sound signal from AV control unit.
TWEETER
• Outputs high range sound.
• Each audio operation can be operated.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH • Connected with preset switch via cable, and operation signal is transmitted G
to AV control unit via AV communication.
• Each audio and air conditioner operation can be operated.
• Connected with multifunction switch via cable, and operation signal is trans- H
PRESET SWITCH
mitted to AV control unit via AV communication.
• The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Each audio operation can be operated. I
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
An antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. and satellite radio antenna
is adopted.
J
ANTENNA AMP.
ANTENNA BASE • Radio signal received by rod antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
trol unit.
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA K
• Receives the satellite radio waves and outputs it to satellite radio tuner.
• Inputs the satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs the
sound signal to the AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
• It is controlled with the AV control unit and serial communication (communi-
L
cation signal and request signal).

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-21 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000005038920

JSNIA1379GB

System Description INFOID:0000000005038921

CAMERA IMAGE OPERATION PRINCIPLE


• Power is supplied to rear view camera from camera control unit and outputs camera image signal to camera
control unit when selector lever is set to R position and the reverse signal on camera control unit is input.
• Camera control unit superimposes the guiding line and predicted course line to the image from rear view
camera and outputs to display unit via AV control unit. In this case, the reverse signal is also input to AV con-
trol unit. Therefore, AV control unit recognizes the selector lever as in the reverse position. And then AV con-
trol unit switches the image displayed by the communication signal between AV control unit and display unit
with the camera image. In addition, possible route lines are controlled by original sensor signal from steering
angle sensor.
• The AV control unit determines whether rear view camera is equipped or not, based on the presence of cam-
era connection recognition signal. It switches to rear view monitor image at the time of reverse signal input
when it is equipped.
• AV control unit is connected in communication with camera control unit and display unit, and it controls oper-
ation of rear view monitor system.

Revision: 2010 March AV-22 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004932425

JPNIA1596ZZ
J
1. Tweeter LH 2. Door speaker LH 3. Rear speaker LH
4. Rear view camera 5. Satellite radio tuner 6. Camera control unit
Antenna base (antenna amp. and
K
7. 8. Rear speaker RH 9. Door speaker RH
satellite antenna)
10. Tweeter RH 11. Display unit 12. Steering switch
13. Steering angle sensor 14. Preset switch 15. Auxiliary input jacks L
16. AV control unit 17. Multifunction switch
A. Trunk room RH B. Trunk room RH C. Spiral cable part
M
Component Description INFOID:0000000005038922

AV
Part name Description
• Image on display is changed to rear view monitor image with serial commu-
nication between AV control unit and display unit.
AV CONTROL UNIT O
• Inputs camera image signal from camera control unit, and outputs it to dis-
play unit.
• Camera image signal is transmitted from camera control unit via AV control
unit. P
DISPLAY UNIT
• Rear view monitor image is changed with the communication for AV control
unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-23 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is
indicated on the display unit via AV control unit.
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.
REAR VIEW CAMERA The image of vehicle rear view is transmitted to camera control unit.
Steering signal necessary for possible route line control is transmitted to cam-
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
era control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-24 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004371477

MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION B


The ON/OFF operation (continuity) of each switch in the multifunction switch and preset switch can be
checked.
Self-diagnosis Mode C
• Press the “BACK” switch and the “UP” switch of the 4-direction
switches within 10 seconds after turning the ignition switch from
OFF to ACC and hold them for 3 seconds or more. The buzzer D
sounds, all indicators of the preset switch illuminate, and the self-
diagnosis mode starts.
• The continuity of each switch at the ON position can be checked
by pressing the switch. The buzzer sounds if the switch is normal. E
CAUTION:
The hazard switch and CD eject switch cannot be checked.
F
JSNIA0136GB

Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode


Self-diagnosis mode is canceled when turning the ignition switch OFF. G

MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION


• The AV control unit diagnosis function starts up with multifunction switch operation and the AV control unit H
performs a diagnosis for each unit in the system during the on board diagnosis.
• Perform a CONSULT-III diagnosis if the on board diagnosis does not start, e.g., the screen does not display
anything, the multifunction switch does not function, etc.
I
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS
Description
• The trouble diagnosis function has a self-diagnosis mode for conducting trouble diagnosis automatically and J
a confirmation/adjustment mode for operating manually.
• Self-diagnosis mode performs the AV control unit diagnosis and the connection diagnosis between each of
the units that make up the system, and it indicates the results to the display. K
• The confirmation/adjustment mode allows the technician to check, modify or adjust the vehicle signals and
set values, as well as to monitor the system error records and system communication status. The checking,
modifying or adjusting actions generally require human intervention and judgment (the system cannot make
judgment automatically). L
On Board Diagnosis Item

Mode Description M
• AV control unit diagnosis.
Self-Diagnosis
• Perform the connection diagnosis between each of the units.
AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-25 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Mode Description
The confirmations of the tint with the color spectrum bar display and
Display Diagnosis
shading of color with the gradation bar display can be performed.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking brake,
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition switch, and reverse.
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
Climate Control Start auto air conditioner system self-diagnosis.
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurring in the past
Error History are displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and
Confirmation/ place that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed.
Adjustment
The signal connected to camera control unit can be checked and the
Camera Cont. guiding line position that overlaps rear view camera image can be adjust-
ed.
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored.
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory.

STARTING PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the audio system OFF.
3. While pressing the “SETTING” button, turn the volume control
dial clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. (When
the self-diagnosis mode is started, a short beep will be heard.)
• Shifting from current screen to previous screen is performed
by pressing “BACK” button.

JSNIA0137GB

4. The trouble diagnosis initial screen is displayed, and then the


items of “Self Diagnosis” and “Confirmation/Adjustment” can be
selected.

JSNIA0138GB

SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE

Revision: 2010 March AV-26 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
1. Start the self-diagnosis function and select “Self-diagnosis”.
- Self-diagnosis subdivision screen is displayed, and the self- A
diagnosis mode starts.
- The bar graph visible on the center of the self-diagnosis subdivi-
sion screen indicates progress of the trouble diagnosis.
B

JSNIA0139GB

D
2. Diagnosis results are displayed after the self-diagnosis is com-
pleted. The unit names and the connection lines are color-coded
according to the diagnostic results. E

Con-
Diagnosis results Unit nection F
line
Normal Green Green
Connection malfunction Gray Yellow G
Unit malfunction Note Red Green JPNIA1626ZZ

NOTE:
H
• Only the control unit (AV control unit) is displayed in red.
• Replace AV control unit if “Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit malfunction” is indicated. The symptom is AV con-
trol unit internal error. Refer to AV-154, "Exploded View".
- If multiple errors occur at the same time for a single unit, the screen switch colors are determined accord- I
ing to the following order of priority: red > gray.
- The comments of the self-diagnosis results can be viewed with a
component in the diagnosis result screen. J

JSNIA0141GB

M
Detection Range of Self-diagnosis Mode
• The self-diagnosis mode allows the technician to diagnose the connection in the communication line
between AV control unit and each unit and the internal operation of the AV control unit.
• Because the start condition of diagnosis function is a switch operation, the on board diagnosis function can- AV
not be started up if any malfunction is detected in the communication circuit between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
O
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the applicable display at the following table, and then repair the malfunctioning parts.
Self-diagnosis result chart P

Revision: 2010 March AV-27 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Possible malfunction location / Action


Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take

AV control unit malfunction is detected. Replace the AV control unit.

JPNIA1627GB

“Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit


malfunction”

• Malfunction is detected in communi-


cation circuit between AV control unit
and display unit. Communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in communi- control unit and display unit.
cation signal between AV control unit
and display unit.

JPNIA1628GB

• Satellite radio tuner power supply


and ground circuit malfunction is de-
tected.
• Malfunction is detected in communi- • Satellite radio tuner power supply
cation circuits between AV control and ground
unit and satellite radio tuner. • Communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in communi- control unit and satellite radio tuner.
cation signal between AV control unit • Request signal circuit between AV
and satellite radio tuner. control unit and satellite radio tuner.
• Malfunction is detected in request
signal circuit between AV control unit
JPNIA1629GB
and satellite radio tuner.

Camera connection recognition signal Camera connection recognition signal


circuit malfunction is detected. circuit.

JPNIA1630GB

CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE
1. Start the diagnosis function and select “Confirmation/Adjustment”. The confirmation/adjustment mode
indicates where each item can be checked or adjusted.

Revision: 2010 March AV-28 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
2. Select each switch on the “Confirmation / Adjustment” screen to
display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press the “BACK” A
switch to return to the initial “Confirmation / Adjustment” screen.

JSNIA0147GB

D
Display Diagnosis

I
JSNIA0688GB

J
The tint of the color bar indication is as per the following list if RGB signal error is detected.

R (red) signal error : Light blue (Cyan) tint


K
G (green) signal error : Purple (Magenta) tint
B (blue) signal error : Yellow tint
Vehicle Signals L
A comparison check can be made of each actual vehicle signal and
the signals recognized by the system.
M

AV

O
JSNIA0149GB

P
Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status Remarks
ON Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Vehicle speed
OFF Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
ON Parking brake is applied.
Parking brake
OFF Parking brake is released.

Revision: 2010 March AV-29 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status Remarks
ON Light switch ON
Lights —
OFF Light switch OFF
ON Ignition switch ON
Ignition —
OFF Ignition switch in ACC position
Shift the selector lever to “R” posi-
ON
tion
Reverse Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
Shift the selector lever other than
OFF
“R” position

Speaker Test
Select “Speaker Test” to display the Speaker test screen. Press
“Start” to generate a test tone in a speaker. Press “Start” again to
generate a test tone in the next speaker. Press “End” to stop the test
tones.
NOTE:
The frequency of test tone emitted from each speaker is as follows.

Tweeter : 3 kHz
Front speaker : 300 Hz
Rear speaker : 1 kHz
JSNIA0150GB

Climate Control
Refer to “HEATER & AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTEM” for details.
Error History
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation.
Count up method A
• The counter resets to 0 if an error occurs when ignition switch is turned ON. The counter increases by 1 if
the condition is normal at a next ignition switch ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 39. Any counts exceeding 39 are ignored. The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
Count up method B
• The counter increases by 1 if an error occurs when ignition switch is ON. The counter will not decrease even
if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 50. Any counts exceeding 50 are ignored. The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.

Display type of occur-


Error history display item
rence frequency
Count up method A CAN communication line, control unit (CAN), AV communication line, control unit (AV)
Count up method B Other than the above

Revision: 2010 March AV-30 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JSNIA0151GB

Error item F
Some error items may be displayed simultaneously according to the cause. If some error items are displayed
simultaneously, the detection of the cause can be performed by the combination of display items
G
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and
then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN communication malfunction is detect- H
CAN COMM CIRCUIT ing to the diagnosis results.
ed.
Refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Function
(MULTI AV)".
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect- I
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV) Replace the AV control unit.
malfunction is detected. J
FLASH-ROM Error Of Control Unit
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
CAN Controller Memory Error
K
• Display unit power supply and ground
circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica- • Display unit power supply and ground
tion circuit between AV control unit and circuit. L
Front Display Connection Error
display unit. • Communication circuit between AV con-
• Malfunction is detected in communica- trol unit and display unit.
tion signal between AV control unit and
display unit. M
Malfunction is detected in camera connec- Camera connection recognition circuit be-
Camera Control Unit Connection Error tion recognition circuit between AV control tween AV control unit and camera control
unit and camera control unit. unit. AV
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica-
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and O
tion circuit between AV control unit and
ground circuit.
satellite radio tuner.
• Communication circuit between AV con-
SAT Connection Error • Malfunction is detected in communica-
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
tion signal between AV control unit and
• Request signal circuit between AV con- P
satellite radio tuner.
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
• Malfunction is detected in request signal
circuit between AV control unit and satel-
lite radio tuner.

Revision: 2010 March AV-31 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
• Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Multifunction switch power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuit between AV control unit and ground circuits.
• Switches Connection Error multifunction switch. • AV communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- control unit and multifunction switch.
cation signal between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
• Camera control unit power supply and
ground circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Camera control unit power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuit between multifunction ground circuits.
• Rearview Camera Connection Error switch and camera control unit. • AV communication circuit between multi-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- function switch and camera control unit.
cation signal between multifunction
switch and camera control unit.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation circuit between AV control unit and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
multifunction switch. AV communication circuit between AV con-
• Switches Connection Error
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- trol unit and multifunction switch.
• Rearview Camera Connection Error
cation signal between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.

Camera Cont.
The two functions of “Connection Confirmation” and “Adjust Offset of Rear View Camera” are available.
CONNECTION CONFIRMATION
The steering angle sensor, reverse signal and vehicle speed sensor
can be inspected.

JSNIA0084GB

Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status


When steering the vehicle with ignition switch ON (remains ON until connection
ON
mode is stopped when it is turned ON)
Steer. Angle Sensor • Ignition switch at ACC
OFF
• No steering with ignition switch ON
— Malfunction detected in camera connection recognition signal
ON Selector lever is in “R” with ignition switch ON.
• Ignition switch at ACC
Reverse Sensor OFF
• Selector lever is in position other than “R” with ignition switch ON.
— Malfunction detected in camera-connection recognition signal
ON Vehicle speed is more than 0 km/h (0 MPH) with ignition switch ON
• Ignition switch at ACC
Vehicle Speed Sensor OFF
• Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 MPH) with ignition switch ON
— Malfunction detected in camera connection recognition signal
Side view Switch — Not used
ADJUST OFFSET OF REAR VIEW CAMERA

Revision: 2010 March AV-32 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Use this mode to adjust the guide line display position of the rear-
view monitor if necessary after removing the rear view monitor cam- A
era.

JSNIA0085GB

D
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis
• CAN communication status and error counter is displayed.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It E
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• The error counter is erased if reset. F

Malfunction counter
Items Display (Current)
(Past)
G
Tx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA0080GB
Rx (ECM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (Cluster) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39 H
Rx (BCM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
I
Rx (USM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39

AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas- J
ter unit) and each unit.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It K
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• If it resets, the error counter is erased.
L
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
JPNIA1714ZZ
M
C Tx (ITM–SW) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
C Rx (PrimarySW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
C Rx (Rear Camera–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39 AV
Delete Unit Connection Log
Deletes any unit connection records and error records from the AV
control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been O
removed)

JSNIA0154GB

Initialize Settings

Revision: 2010 March AV-33 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Initializes the AV control unit memory.

JSNIA0155GB

CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV) INFOID:0000000004371478

CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via the communication with the AV control unit.

Diagnosis mode Description


Ecu Identification The part number of AV control unit can be checked.
Performs a diagnosis on the AV control unit and a connection diagnosis for the communication
Self Diagnostic Result
circuit of the Multi AV system, and displays the current and past malfunctions collectively.
Data Monitor The diagnosis of vehicle signal that is input to the AV control unit can be performed.

AV COMMUNICATION
When “AV communication” of “CAN Diag Support Monitor” is selected, the following function will be performed.

Displays the communication status from AV control unit to each unit as well as the error
AV&NAVI C/U
AV communication counter.
AUDIO Displays the AV control unit communication status and the error counter.

ECU IDENTIFICATION
The part number of AV control unit is displayed.
SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT
• In CONSULT-III self-diagnosis, self-diagnosis results and error history are displayed collectively.
• The current malfunction indicates “CRNT”. The past malfunction indicates “PAST”.
• The timing is displayed as “0” if any of the error codes [U1000], [U1010], [U1300] and [U1310] is detected.
The counter increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle.
Self-diagnosis results display item

Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take


Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and
CAN communication malfunction is detect- then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]
ed. ing to the diagnosis results.
Refer to AV-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010]
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310] Replace the AV control unit.
malfunction is detected.
Cont Unit FLASH-ROM [U1200]
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
CAN CONT [U1216]

Revision: 2010 March AV-34 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
• Display unit power supply and ground
circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica- • Display unit power supply and ground
tion circuit between AV control unit and circuit. B
FRONT DISP CONN [U1243]
display unit. • Communication circuit between AV con-
• Malfunction is detected in communica- trol unit and display unit.
tion signal between AV control unit and
display unit. C
Malfunction is detected in camera connec- Camera connection recognition circuit be-
CAMERA CONT. CONN [U1250] tion recognition circuit between AV control tween AV control unit and camera control
unit and camera control unit. unit. D
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica-
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and E
tion circuit between AV control unit and
ground circuit.
satellite radio tuner.
• Communication circuit between AV con-
SAT CONN [U1255] • Malfunction is detected in communica-
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
tion signal between AV control unit and
• Request signal circuit between AV con- F
satellite radio tuner.
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
• Malfunction is detected in request signal
circuit between AV control unit and satel-
lite radio tuner. G
• Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Multifunction switch power supply and
H
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuit between AV control unit and ground circuits.
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] multifunction switch. • AV communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- control unit and multifunction switch.
cation signal between AV control unit and I
multifunction switch.
• Camera control unit power supply and
ground circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Camera control unit power supply and J
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuit between multifunction ground circuits.
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] switch and camera control unit. • AV communication circuit between multi-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- function switch and camera control unit.
K
cation signal between multifunction
switch and camera control unit.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation circuit between AV control unit and L
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
multifunction switch. AV communication circuit between AV con-
• SWITCH CONN [U1240]
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- trol unit and multifunction switch.
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
cation signal between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
M

DATA MONITOR
AV
ALL SIGNALS
• Displays the status of the following vehicle signals inputted into the AV control unit.
• For each signal, actual signal can be compared with the condition recognized on the system.
O

Dis-
Display Item Vehicle status Remarks
play P
On Vehicle speed >0 km/h (0 MPH)
VHCL SPD SIG
Off Vehicle speed =0 km/h (0 MPH) Changes in indication may be delayed. This is nor-
On Parking brake is applied. mal.
PKB SIG
Off Parking brake is released.

Revision: 2010 March AV-35 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Dis-
Display Item Vehicle status Remarks
play
On Light switch ON
ILLUM SIG
Off Light switch OFF

On Ignition switch ON
IGN SIG
Off Ignition switch in ACC position
On Shift the selector lever to “R” position
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is nor-
REV SIG Shift the selector lever other than “R”
Off mal.
position

SELECTION FROM MENU


Allows the technician to select which vehicle signals should be displayed and displays the status of the
selected vehicle signals.

Item to be selected Description


VHCL SPD SIG
PKB SIG
The same as when “ALL SIGNALS”
ILLUM SIG
is selected.
IGN SIG
REV SIG

Revision: 2010 March AV-36 2009 G37 Convertible


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931950
B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other C
control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each
control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-25, "CAN System Specification Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004931951

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of CON- F


DTC Diagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
SULT-III
AV control unit is not transmitting or receiving
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or CAN communication system. G
more.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004931952


H
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
I
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” of “MULTI AV”.
Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed?
YES >> Refer to “LAN system”. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". J
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-37 2009 G37 Convertible


U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000004931953

Initial diagnosis of AV control unit.


DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004931954

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of CON-


DTC Diagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
SULT-III
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detected. AV control unit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004931955

1.REPLACE AV CONTROL UNIT


When DTC U1010 is detected, replace AV control unit.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 March AV-38 2009 G37 Convertible


U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931059

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-154, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control C
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• AV control unit includes audio function and vehicle information function.
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communica- D
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
AV CONTROL UNIT
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con- E
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
• Auxiliary image signal and auxiliary sound signal are input from the auxiliary F
input jacks.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371486


G

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take H
CONSULT-III
CONTROL UNIT (AV) An initial diagnosis error is detected in AV communication
U1310 Replace AV control unit.
[U1310] circuit.
I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-39 2009 G37 Convertible


U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931060

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-154, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• AV control unit includes audio function and vehicle information function.
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
AV CONTROL UNIT
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
• Auxiliary image signal and auxiliary sound signal are input from the auxiliary
input jacks.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371488

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
Cont Unit
An internal malfunction is detected in AV control unit
U1200 FLASH- ROM Replace AV control unit.
(FLASH-ROM).
[U1200]

Revision: 2010 March AV-40 2009 G37 Convertible


U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931061

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-154, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control C
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• AV control unit includes audio function and vehicle information function.
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communica- D
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
AV CONTROL UNIT
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con- E
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
• Auxiliary image signal and auxiliary sound signal are input from the auxiliary F
input jacks.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371490


G

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take H
CONSULT-III
CAN CONT Internal malfunction of AV control unit (CAN controller) is
U1216 Replace AV control unit.
[U1216] detected.
I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-41 2009 G37 Convertible


U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000005184875

Part name Description


• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• RGB image signal is input from AV control unit (RGB, RGB area and RGB syn-
DISPLAY UNIT chronizing).
• Synchronizing signal (HP, VP) is output to AV control unit.
• Auxiliary image signal and camera image signal are input from AV control unit.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005129837

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
• Display unit power supply and ground circuit malfunc-
tion is detected • Display unit power supply and
FRONT DISP CONN • Malfunction is detected in communication circuit be- ground circuit.
U1243
[U1243] tween AV control unit and display unit • Communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in communication signal be- control unit and display unit.
tween AV control unit and display unit

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129838

1.CHECK DISPLAY UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check display unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-48, "DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
11 56
M71 M83 Existed
22 44
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
11
M71 Not existed
22
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-42 2009 G37 Convertible


U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+) A
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
B

When adjusting display bright- C


M71 11 Ground
ness.

D
PKIB5039J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
F
Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
G
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
H

When adjusting display bright- I


M71 22 Ground
ness.

PKIB5039J J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace display unit. K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-43 2009 G37 Convertible


U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129839

Part name Description


• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is in-
dicated on the display.
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005129840

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CAMERA CONT. CONN Malfunction is detected in camera connection recognition Camera connection recognition sig-
U1250
[U1250] signal circuit. nal circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129841

1.CHECK CAMERA CONNECTION RECOGNITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and camera control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and camera control unit harness connector.

AV control unit Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M84 68 B241 14 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
AV control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M84 68 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace camera control unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-44 2009 G37 Convertible


U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129842

B
Part name Description
• Inputs the satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs it to the
AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER C
• It is controlled with the communication (communication signal, request signal)
from AV control unit.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005129843 D

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and ground circuit • Satellite radio tuner power supply
malfunction is detected. and ground circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in communication circuit be- • Communication circuit between AV F
SAT CONN tween AV control unit and satellite radio tuner. control unit and satellite radio tun-
U1255
[U1255] • Malfunction is detected in communication signal be- er.
tween AV control unit and satellite radio tuner. • Request signal circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in request signal circuit be- control unit and satellite radio tun-
G
tween AV control unit and satellite radio tuner. er.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129844 H

1.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check satellite radio tuner power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-51, "SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : I
Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> Repair malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT AND REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and satellite radio tuner connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and satellite radio tuner harness connector.
L

AV control unit Satellite radio tuner


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals M
28 8
M82 29 B236 9 Existed
30 10 AV
4. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector.
O
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
28 Ground P
M82 29 Not existed
30
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2010 March AV-45 2009 G37 Convertible


U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE


1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Reference value
AV control unit (−)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminals

28 Ground

SKIA9299J
M82

29 Ground

SKIA9300J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector.
3. Connect satellite radio tuner.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

(+)
Reference value
Satellite radio tuner (−)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

B236 10 Ground

SKIA9301J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner.

Revision: 2010 March AV-46 2009 G37 Convertible


U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371497

U1300 is indicated when malfunction occurs in communication signal of multi AV system. Indicated simulta- B
neously, without fail, with the malfunction of control units connected to AV control unit with communication line.
Determine the possible malfunction cause from the table below.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM C

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
D
• Multifunction switch power supply and ground circuit
• Multifunction switch power supply
• AV COMM CIRCUIT malfunction is detected.
and ground circuits.
U1300 [U1300] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit be-
• AV communication circuit between E
U1240 • SWITCH CONN tween AV control unit and multifunction switch.
AV control unit and multifunction
[U1240] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal be-
switch.
tween AV control unit and multifunction switch.
• Camera control unit power supply and ground circuits F
• Camera control unit power supply
• AV COMM CIRCUIT malfunction is detected.
and ground circuits.
U1300 [U1300] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit be-
• AV communication circuit between
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN tween multifunction switch and camera control unit.
multifunction switch and camera
CONN [U1252] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal be-
control unit.
G
tween multifunction switch and camera control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit be- H
U1300 AV communication circuit between
• SWITCH CONN tween AV control unit and multifunction switch.
U1240 AV control unit and multifunction
[U1240] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal be-
U1252 switch.
• REAR CAMERA LAN tween AV control unit and multifunction switch.
CONN [U1252] I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-47 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AV CONTROL UNIT
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129845

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Ignition switch ON or START 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
M81 19
Battery power supply 22 OFF Battery voltage
M82
24
M81 7
ACC power supply ACC Battery voltage
M82 25
Ignition signal M85 104 ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between AV control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connectors.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
8
M81 17
Ground OFF Existed
20
M85 85
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129846

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (DISPLAY SIDE)


Check voltage between display unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-48 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.) A
Inverter VCC 2
M71 ACC 9.0 V
Signal VCC 3
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
C
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUITY)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the harness connector between display unit and AV control unit. D
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector M71 and AV control unit harness connector
M83.
E
Signal name Display unit (M71) AV control unit (M83) Continuity
Inverter VCC 2 59 Existed
Signal VCC 3 47 Existed F
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector M71 and ground.

Signal name Display unit (M71) — Continuity G


Inverter VCC 2 Ground Not existed
Signal VCC 3 Ground Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE)
1. Connect the AV control unit harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ACC. J
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
K
Inverter VCC 59
M83 ACC 9V
Signal VCC 47
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replacement of AV control unit.
M
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector. AV
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connectors and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
O
Ground M71 1 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129847

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Revision: 2010 March AV-49 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Power source Fuse No.


Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
ACC power supply M72 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between multifunction switch and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M72 1 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129848

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply B241 32 OFF Battery voltage
ACC power supply B241 30 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between camera control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-50 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity A
Ground B241 31 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
B
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
C
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129849

1.CHECK FUSE D
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No. E


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
G
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.
H
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply B236 12 OFF Battery voltage
I
ACC power supply B236 16 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Check harness between satellite radio tuner and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner.
3. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.
L
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground B236 15 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-51 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129850

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129851

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 17 M83 40 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 17 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M71 17 Ground
selecting “Color Spec-
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2238J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-52 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129852

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129853

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector. D

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 6 M83 39 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground. F

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M71 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground. J

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal

L
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M71 6 Ground
selecting “Color Spec- M
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2236J
AV
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O

Revision: 2010 March AV-53 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129854

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129855

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 18 M83 38 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 18 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M71 18 Ground
selecting “Color Spec-
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2237J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-54 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129856

Transmit the RGB synchronizing signal to the display unit so as to synchronize the RGB image displayed with B
AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129857

C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 19 M83 41 Existed
F
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 19 Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+) K
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal
L

M
M71 19 Ground

AV
SKIB3603E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit. O
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-55 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129858

Transmits the display area of RGB image displayed by AV control unit with RGB area (YS) signal to display
unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129859

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 9 M83 43 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 9 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Reference value
Display unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
At RGB image is displayed. 5.0 V

M71 9 Ground At rear view camera image


is displayed.

PKIB4948J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-56 2009 G37 Convertible


HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129860

In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon- B
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129861 C

1.CHECK CONTINUITY HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
E
Display unit AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 8 M83 45 Existed F

4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.


G
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 8 Not existed H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. I

2.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL


1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.
K
(+)
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal L

M
M71 8 Ground

AV
SKIB3601E

Is the inspection result normal?


O
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace display unit.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-57 2009 G37 Convertible


VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129862

In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon-
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129863

1.CHECK CONTINUITY VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 20 M83 57 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 20 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal

M71 20 Ground

SKIB3598E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace display unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-58 2009 G37 Convertible


AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129864

• Transmits the image signal of AUX device from auxiliary input jacks to AV control unit. B
• AV control unit transmits the image signal that is inputted to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129865

C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AUX INPUT JACKS AND AV CONTROL UNIT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect auxiliary input jacks connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Auxiliary input jacks AV control unit E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M154*1
7 M84 66 Existed F
M362*2
• *1: A/T models
• *2: M/T models G
4. Check continuity between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and ground.

Auxiliary input jacks H


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
M154*1 I
7 Not existed
M362*2
• *1: A/T models
• *2: M/T models J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. K

2.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL (AUX INPUT JACKS TO AV CONTROL UNIT)


1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and ground.
M
(+)
Auxiliary input jacks (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal AV
M154*1

O
7 Ground At AUX image displayed.
M362*2
P
SKIB2251J

• *1: A/T models


• *2: M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check that there is no malfunction in the external device.

Revision: 2010 March AV-59 2009 G37 Convertible


COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129866

AV control unit that inputs the camera image signal and AUX image signal transmits the composite image sig-
nal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129867

1.CHECK CONTINUITY COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and display unit harness connector.

AV control unit Display unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
36 15
M83 M71 Existed
37 4
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 15 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector using an oscilloscope.

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Signal
Connector Terminal

M71 15 Ground When camera image is displayed.

SKIB2251J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-60 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA
A
CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000005129870
B
• Camera control unit outputs camera power supply to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image
signal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the dis- C
play unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129871

D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector. E
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and rear view camera harness connec-
tor.
F
Camera control unit Rear view camera
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
B241 8 B311 1 Existed
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B241 8 Not existed I
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
1. Connect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Shift position is “R”.
4. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground. L

(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
M
Connector Terminal
B241 8 Ground Shift position is “R”. 6.0 V
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
O
3.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector. P
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and rear view camera harness connec-
tor.

Camera control unit Rear view camera


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B241 6 B311 3 Existed

Revision: 2010 March AV-61 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B241 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Shift position is “R”.
4. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

At rear view camera im-


B241 6 Ground
age is displayed.

SKIB2251J

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace camera control unit.
NO >> Replace rear view camera.

Revision: 2010 March AV-62 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO AV CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO AV
A
CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000005129872
B
• Camera control unit outputs camera power supply to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image
signal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the AV C
control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129873

D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and AV control unit connector. E
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Camera control unit AV control unit F


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
12 65
B241 M84 Existed G
11 64
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
I
B241 12 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector and AV control unit connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.
L
(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Signal
M
Connector Terminal

AV
Shift the selector lever to “R” posi-
B241 12 Ground
tion.
O

SKIB2251J

Is the inspection result normal? P


YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-63 2009 G37 Convertible


DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129868

The eject signal is output to AV control unit when the eject switch of multifunction switch is pressed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129869

1.CHECK CONTINUITY CD EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Multifunction switch AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M72 14 M85 103 Existed
4. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Multifunction switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M72 14 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
AV control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Pressing the eject switch 0V
M85 103 Ground
Except for above 3.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace preset switch.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-64 2009 G37 Convertible


COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129874

Satellite radio tuner and AV control unit are connected with a serial communication. They transmit the opera- B
tion signal from AV control unit to satellite radio tuner, and transmit the display signal from satellite radio tuner
to AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129875 C

1.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
E
Satellite radio tuner AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
9 29 F
B236 M82 Existed
10 30
4. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground. G

Satellite radio tuner


Continuity
Connector Terminals H
Ground
9
B236 Not existed
10
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. J
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

(+) L
Satellite radio tuner (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M

When satellite radio mode is AV


B236 9 Ground
selected.

O
SKIA9300J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner.
3.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-65 2009 G37 Convertible


COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+)
Satellite radio tuner (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

When satellite radio mode is


B236 10 Ground
selected.

SKIA9301J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace satellite radio tuner.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-66 2009 G37 Convertible


REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT→CONT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT→CONT)
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129876

Request signal transmits the signal to recognize the connection of satellite radio tuner from satellite radio B
tuner to AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129877

C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Satellite radio tuner AV control unit E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B236 8 M82 28 Existed
F
4. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

Satellite radio tuner G


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B236 8 Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

(+) K
Satellite radio tuner (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
L

When satellite radio mode is M


B236 8 Ground
selected.

AV
SKIA9299J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace AV control unit. O
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner.

Revision: 2010 March AV-67 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005173877

• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005173878

1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.

Camera control unit Steering angle sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
23 3
B241 M37 Existed
24 4
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
23
B241 Not existed
24
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
1. Connect camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
23
B241 Ground 5.0 V
24
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
1. Connect steering angle sensor connector.
2. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-68 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+) A
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals
B

C
Turn the steering to the right

D
SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
B241 23, 24 Ground E

F
Turn the steering to the left

G
SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.
I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-69 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005173879

• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005173880

1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.

Camera control unit Steering angle sensor


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
B241 25 M37 5 Existed
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals Ground
B241 25 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 3
1. Connect camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
B241 25 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 3
1. Connect steering angle sensor connector.
2. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-70 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+) A
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals
B

C
Turn the steering around the
B241 25 Ground
neutral position
D
SKIB3829E

A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.
F

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-71 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129878

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129879

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.

AV control unit Spiral cable


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M81 6 M36 24 Existed
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M81 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.

(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M81 6 M81 15 3.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-72, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005129880

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.

Revision: 2010 March AV-72 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and 17 A
MENU DOWN switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
B
SOURCE switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Between terminals 15 and 17 C


VOL UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
VOL DOWN switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω JSNIA0215GB

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-73 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129887

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129882

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.

AV control unit Spiral cable


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M81 16 M36 31 Existed
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M81 16 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.

(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M81 16 M81 15 3.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-74, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005129888

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.

Revision: 2010 March AV-74 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and 17 A
MENU DOWN switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
B
SOURCE switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Between terminals 15 and 17 C


VOL UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
VOL DOWN switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω JSNIA0215GB

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-75 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129889

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit.


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129885

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.

AV control unit Spiral cable


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M81 15 M36 33 Existed
3. Connect AV control unit connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M81 15 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-76, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005129890

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.

Revision: 2010 March AV-76 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and 17 A
MENU DOWN switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
B
SOURCE switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Between terminals 15 and 17 C


VOL UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
VOL DOWN switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω JSNIA0215GB

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-77 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


AV CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000005129181

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

Ignition switch Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH) On


VHCL SPD SIG
ON Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH) Off

Ignition switch Parking brake is applied. On


PKB SIG
ON Parking brake is released. Off

Ignition switch Light switch ON On


ILLUM SIG
ON Light switch OFF Off
Ignition switch
— On
ON
IGN SIG
Ignition switch
— Off
ACC

Ignition switch Selector lever in R position On


REV SIG
ON Selector lever in any position other than R Off

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JPNIA0009ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
2 3
Sound signal front door LH Output switch Sound output
(L) (W)
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
4 5
Sound signal rear LH Output switch Sound output
(LG) (SB)
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-78 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Keep pressing SOURCE B
0V
switch.
Ignition
6 15 Keep pressing switch. 0.7 V
Steering switch signal A Input switch
(P) (B)
ON C
Keep pressing switch. 1.3 V
Except for above. 3.3 V
Ignition D
7
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
Ignition E
8
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON

9 Lighting switch is OFF. 0V


Ground Illumination signal Input OFF F
(L) Lighting switch is ON. 12.0 V

G
Ignition
11 12
Sound signal front door RH Output switch Sound output
(BR) (SB)
ON H

SKIB3609E

Ignition
13 14 J
Sound signal rear RH Output switch Sound output
(L) (P)
ON

SKIB3609E K
Keep pressing VOL DOWN
0V
switch.
Ignition
16 15 L
Steering switch signal B Input switch Keep pressing VOL UP
(L) (B) 0.7 V
ON switch.
Except for above. 3.3 V
Ignition
M
17
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition AV
19
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition O
20
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON

Ignition
22 21 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Input switch
(B) (W) LH is selected.
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-79 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
24 23 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Input switch
(G) (R) RH is selected.
ON

SKIB3609E

25 — Shield — — — —
26 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
28 Request signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Input switch
(P) (SAT→CONT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9299J

Ignition
29 Communication signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Input switch
(G) (SAT→CONT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9300J

Ignition
30 Communication signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Output switch
(L) (CONT→SAT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9301J

34 — AM–FM main Input — — —


Ignition
35 Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Output switch — 12.0 V
ACC

Ignition
36 At camera image is dis-
Ground Composite image signal Output switch
(SB) played.
ON

SKIB2251J

Ignition
37
Ground Composite image ground — switch — 0V
(V)
ON

Revision: 2010 March AV-80 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
38 play color bar by selecting C
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Output switch
(P) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J D

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis- E
Ignition
39 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Output switch
(L) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen. F
SKIB2236J

G
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
40 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Output switch
(G)
ON
“Color Spectrum Bar” on H
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J
I

Ignition J
41
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output switch —
(W)
ON

K
SKIB3603E

42 — Shield — — — —
At RGB image is displayed. 5.0 V L

Ignition M
43
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output switch
(B) At AUX image is displayed.
ON

AV
PKIB4948J

Ignition
44 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(L) (DISP→CONT) brightness. P
ON

PKIB5039J

Revision: 2010 March AV-81 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
45 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Input switch —
(R) (HP) signal
ON

SKIB3601E

Ignition
46
Ground Signal ground — switch — 0V
(LG)
ON
Ignition
47
Ground Signal VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(O)
ACC

Ignition
48 Composite synchronizing When camera image is dis-
Ground Output switch
(BR) signal played.
ON

SKIB0825E

49
— Shield — — — —
(Y)
50 — Shield — — — —
55 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
56 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(P) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON

PKIB5039J

Ignition
57 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Input switch —
(G) signal
ON

SKIB3598E

Ignition
58
Ground Inverter ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
Ignition
59
Ground Inverter VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(Y)
ACC
64 — Shield — — — —

Revision: 2010 March AV-82 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
65 At camera image is dis- C
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(W) played.
ON

SKIB2251J D

E
Ignition
66
Ground AUX image signal Input switch At AUX image is displayed.
(G)
ON
F
SKIB2251J

Connected to camera con-


Ignition 0V G
68 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector.
Ground Input switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V
control unit connector.
H
73
— Shield — — — —
(B)
Ignition
74 I
Ground AUX image signal ground — switch — 0V
(R)
ON
Ignition
85
(B)
Ground Ground — switch — 0V J
ON
86 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output K
87 Input/
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output
88 AV communication signal Input/ L
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
89 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
M
90 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(V) (H) Output
91 AV communication signal Input/ AV
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output

O
Ignition
95 When AUX mode is select-
Ground AUX sound signal RH Input switch
(R) ed.
ON
P

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-83 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
96 When AUX mode is select-
Ground AUX sound signal LH Input switch
(W) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
97
Ground AUX sound signal ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
101
Ground Switch ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON

103 Pressing the eject switch. 0V


Ground Disk eject signal Input —
(SB) Except for above 3.3 V
Ignition
104
Ground Ignition signal Input switch — Battery voltage
(G)
ON
Ignition R position 12.0 V
105
Ground Reverse signal Input switch
(O) Other than R position 0V
ON
Parking brake ON 0V

Ignition
106
Ground Parking brake signal Input switch
(SB) Parking brake OFF
ON

JSNIA0007GB

NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12.0 V
due to specifications (connected
units).
Ignition
107 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(GR) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON

SKIA6649J

Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004371534

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-84 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2400GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-85 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2401GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-86 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2402GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-87 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2403GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-88 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2404GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-89 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2405GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-90 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2406GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-91 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2407GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-92 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2408GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-93 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2409GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-94 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2410GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-95 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2411GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-96 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2412GB

P
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004371535

SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM

Revision: 2010 March AV-97 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

DTC Display item Refer to


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] AV-37, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010] AV-38, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U1310 CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310] AV-39, "DTC Logic"
U1200 Cont Unit FLASH-ROM [U1200] AV-40, "DTC Logic"
U1216 CAN CONT [U1216] AV-41, "DTC Logic"
U1243 FRONT DISP CONN [U1243] AV-42, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U1250 CAMERA CONT. CONN [U1250] AV-44, "DTC Logic"
U1255 SAT CONN [U1255] AV-45, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-47, "Description"
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-47, "Description"
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240] AV-47, "Description"
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]

Revision: 2010 March AV-98 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371536

TERMINAL LAYOUT B

JPNIA0006ZZ E

PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) G
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground GND — switch — 0V H
(B)
ON
Ignition
2
Ground Inverter VCC Input switch — 9V
(Y) I
ACC
Ignition
3
Ground Signal VCC Input switch — 9V
(O) J
ACC
Ignition
4
Ground AUX image GND — switch — 0V
(L)
ON K
5 — Shield — — — —

Start confirmation/adjust- L
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
6 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Input switch
(L) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON M
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J
AV
7 — Shield — — — —

O
Ignition
8 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Output switch —
(R) (HP) signal
ON
P

SKIB3601E

Revision: 2010 March AV-99 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
At RGB image is displayed 5V

Ignition
9
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input switch
(B) At AUX image is displayed
ON

PKIB4948J

Ignition
11 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(P) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON

PKIB5039J

Ignition
13
Ground Inverter GND — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
Ignition
14
Ground Signal GND — switch — 0V
(LG)
ON

Ignition
15
Ground Composite image signal Input switch At AUX image is displayed
(SB)
ON

SKIB2251J

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
17 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Input switch
(G) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
18 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Input switch
(P) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J

Revision: 2010 March AV-100 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
19 C
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input switch —
(W)
ON

SKIB3603E D

E
Ignition
20 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Output switch —
(GR) signal
On
F
SKIB3598E

21 — Shield — — — —
G

Ignition H
22 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(L) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON

I
PKIB5039J

23 — Shield — — — —
J
Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928949

NOTE:
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-101 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.

JCNWA2400GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-102 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2401GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-103 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2402GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-104 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2403GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-105 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2404GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-106 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2405GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-107 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2406GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-108 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2407GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-109 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2408GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-110 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2409GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-111 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2410GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-112 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2411GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-113 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2412GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-114 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371538

JPNIA0010ZZ E

PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal Description
Reference value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output G

H
Ignition
2 1 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Output switch
(R) (G) LH is selected
ON
I
SKIB3609E

Ignition
4 3 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Output switch
(B) (W) RH is selected K
ON

SKIB3609E
L
5 — Shield — — — —
6 — Shield — — — —
M

Ignition
8 Request signal When satellite radio mode
(Y)
Ground
(SAT→CONT)
Output switch
is selected
AV
ON

SKIA9299J O

Ignition P
9 Communication signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Output switch
(O) (SAT→CONT) is selected
ON

SKIA9300J

Revision: 2010 March AV-115 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal Description
Reference value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

Ignition
10 Communication signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Input switch
(BR) (CONT→SAT) is selected
ON

SKIA9301J

Ignition
12
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(SB)
OFF
Ignition
15
Ground GND — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
16
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
33 — Satellite antenna Input — — —
34 — Shield — — — —

Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928950

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-116 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2400GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-117 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2401GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-118 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2402GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-119 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2403GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-120 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2404GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-121 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2405GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-122 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2406GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-123 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2407GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-124 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2408GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-125 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2409GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-126 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2410GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-127 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2411GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-128 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2412GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-129 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004929978

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JPNIA0007ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
5 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
6 At rear view camera image
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(B) is displayed.
ON

SKIB2251J

Ignition
7
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON
Ignition R position 6.0 V
8
Ground Camera power supply Output switch
(R) Other than R position 0V
ON
11 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
12 At rear view camera image
Ground Camera image signal Output switch
(W) is displayed.
ON

SKIB2251J

Connected to camera con-


Ignition 0V
14 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector.
Ground Output switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V
control unit connector.
17 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
18 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
19 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output

Revision: 2010 March AV-130 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
20 AV communication signal Input/ B
— — — —
(G) (H) Output
Ignition R position 12.0 V
22
Ground Reverse signal Input switch C
(GR) Other than R position 0V
ON

Turn the steering to the


right. E

SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition F
23 B: Sensor signal 2
Ground Sensor signal 1 Input switch
(L)
ON
G

Turn the steering to the left.


H

SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2 I

Turn the steering to the


right.
K
SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2 L
24
Ground Sensor signal 2 Input switch
(BR)
ON

Turn the steering to the left.


AV
SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2 O

P
Ignition
25 Turn the steering around
Ground Sensor signal 3 Input switch
(O) the neutral position.
ON

SKIB3829E

A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1

Revision: 2010 March AV-131 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12.0 V
due to specifications (connected
units).
Ignition
26 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(V) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON

SKIA6649J

Ignition
30
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(SB)
ACC
Ignition
31
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
32
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF

Wiring Diagram - BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004929982

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-132 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2400GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-133 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2401GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-134 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2402GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-135 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2403GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-136 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2404GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-137 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2405GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-138 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2406GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-139 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2407GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-140 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2408GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-141 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2409GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-142 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2410GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-143 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2411GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-144 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2412GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-145 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000004371540

OPERATION

Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take


• Multifunction switch power supply and ground circuit.
• All switches cannot be operated. • AV communication circuits between AV control unit
• “MULTI AV” is displayed with CON- and multifunction switch.
SULT-III. Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-34,
"CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Multifunction switch and preset • All switches cannot be operated.
AV control unit power supply and ground circuit mal-
switch operation does not work. • “MULTI AV” is not displayed on sys-
function. Refer to AV-48, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diag-
tem selection screen the CONSULT-
nosis Procedure".
III is initialized.
Multifunction switch or preset switch malfunction. Per-
Only specified switch cannot be oper-
form multifunction switch and preset switch self-diagno-
ated.
sis function. Refer to AV-25, "Diagnosis Description".

RELATED TO CAMERA

Probable malfunction location / Action


Symptoms Check items
to take
Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
There is malfunction in the CONSULT-III self-diagno-
It cannot be switched to rear view Refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Func-
sis result.
monitor even when the selector le- tion (MULTI AV)".
ver is in the reverse position. There is not malfunction in the CONSULT-III self-diag- Reverse signal circuit malfunction.(AV
nosis result. control unit)
• Rear view camera power supply cir-
cuit malfunction.
• Camera image signal circuit malfunc-
AUX images are normal. tion between camera control unit and
Camera image is not shown. AV control unit.
Refer to AV-63, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Composite image signal circuit mal-
AUX images are not displayed.
function.
“Steer. Angle Sensor” turns ON at “Confirmation/Ad-
Sensor signal 3 circuit malfunction.
justment” of on board diagnosis item “Camera Cont.”
Refer to AV-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
turns ON.
Possible route line is indicated ab- • Sensor signal 1circuit.
normally when camera image is dis- Refer to AV-68, "Diagnosis Proce-
played. “Steer. Angle Sensor” turns ON at “Confirmation/Ad-
dure".
justment” of on board diagnosis item “Camera Cont.”
• Sensor signal 2 circuit.
does not turns ON.
Refer to AV-68, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
• Horizontal synchronizing (HP) signal
circuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-57, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Camera image is rolling. AUX image is rolling
• Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal cir-
cuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-58, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".

RELATED TO RGB IMAGE

Revision: 2010 March AV-146 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take A
There is malfunction in the CONSULT- Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
III self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
RGB image is not shown.
There is no malfunction in CONSULT-III Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal circuit. B
self-diagnosis results. Refer to AV-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB signal (R: red) circuit.
Light blue (Cyan) tint.
Refer to AV-52, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
Color of RGB image is not RGB signal (G: green) circuit.
Purple (Magenta) tint.
proper. Refer to AV-53, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB signal (B: blue) circuit. D
Screen looks yellowish.
Refer to AV-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB synchronizing signal circuit.
RGB screen is rolling. —
Refer to AV-55, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
There is malfunction in the CONSULT- Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
III self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Fuel economy display is mal-
functioning. Ignition signal circuit malfunction. F
There is no malfunction in CONSULT-III
Refer to AV-48, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Proce-
self-diagnosis results.
dure".

RELATED TO AUDIO G
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take
Disk eject signal circuit. Refer to AV-64, "Diagnosis Pro- H
The CD cannot be removed. —
cedure".
AV control unit malfunction. Refer to AV-154, "Exploded
No sound from all speakers.
View". I
Audio sound is not heard. Sound is not heard only from the specif-
ic places (RH front, RH rear, LH front Sound signal circuit of malfunctioning system.
and LH rear). J
Perform the following inspection procedure.
1. Check satellite radio antenna mounting nut for
looseness.
NOTE: K
“ANTENNA” is not displayed even when
Tightening torque: 6.5 N·m (0.66 kg-m, 58 in-lb.)
the channel is turned to 0 in Satellite ra-
2. Visually check for satellite radio antenna feeder.
dio mode.
3. Replace the satellite radio antenna (antenna L
base). Refer to AV-159, "Exploded View".
4. Replace the satellite radio tuner.
Refer to AV-160, "Exploded View".
Satellite radio is not received.
Perform the following inspection procedure. M
1. Check the connection between satellite radio tuner
and antenna feeder.
2. Check the connection between satellite radio an-
“ANTENNA” is displayed when the AV
tenna (antenna base) and antenna feeder.
channel is turned to 0 in Satellite radio
3. Check Antenna feeder for open circuit.
mode.
4. Replace the satellite radio antenna (antenna
base). Refer to AV-159, "Exploded View". O
5. Replace the satellite radio tuner.
Refer to AV-160, "Exploded View".
The sound of Satellite radio is Satellite radio sound signal circuit malfunction between
Other audio sounds are normal. P
not heard. satellite radio tuner and AV control unit.
It does not change to Satellite There is malfunction in the CONSULT- Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
radio mode. III self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-34, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
• Antenna amp. ON signal circuit.
AM/FM radio is not received. Other audio sounds are normal.
• Antenna feeder.

RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH

Revision: 2010 March AV-147 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Inspection location / Probable malfunction location
Steering switch signal GND circuit.
None of the steering switch operations work.
Refer to AV-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Only specified switch cannot be operated. Steering switch. Refer to AV-163, "Exploded View".
“SOURCE”, “MENU UP”, “MENU DOWN” switches of Steering switch signal A circuit.
steering switch are not operated. Refer to AV-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
”VOL UP“, “VOL DOWN” switches of steering switch are not Steering switch signal B circuit.
operated. Refer to AV-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT


NOTE:
Check that there is no malfunction of AUX equipment main body before performing a diagnosis.
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location
No voice sound is heard when Voice sound is heard when other modes AUX sound signal circuits malfunction between auxilia-
AUX mode is selected. are selected. ry input jacks and AV control unit.
• AUX image signal circuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Horizontal synchronizing (HP) signal circuit malfunc-
Image is not displayed when Camera image is normal.
tion. Refer to AV-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
AUX mode is selected. • RGB area (YS) signal circuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Camera image is not displayed. Composite image signal circuit malfunction.
It does not change from AUX Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal circuit malfunction.

mode to other modes. Refer to AV-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 March AV-148 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371541

BASIC OPERATIONS B

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


The brightness is at the lowest setting. Adjust the brightness of the display. C
No image is displayed. The system in the video mode. Push <DISC> to change the mode.
The display is turned off. Push <Day/Night> to turn on the display.
D
Screen not clear. Contrast setting is not appropriate. Adjust the contrast of the display.
The screen is too dim. The move- Wait until the interior of the vehicle has
The temperature in the interior of the vehicle is low.
ment is slow. warmed up.
E
Some pixels in the display are dark- This condition is an inherent characteristic of liquid
This is not a malfunction.
er or brighter than others. crystal displays.
Some menu items cannot be se- Some menu items become unavailable while the ve- Park the vehicle in a safe location, and
F
lected. hicle is driven. then operate the multi AV system.

RELATED TO AUDIO
• The majority of the audio malfunctions are the result of outside causes (bad CD/cassette, electromagnetic G
interference, etc.). Check the symptoms below to diagnose the malfunction.
• The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning.
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and oper- H
ation of each piece of electrical equipment, and then determine the cause.
NOTE:
• CD-R is not guaranteed to play because they can contain compressed audio (MP3, WMA) or could be incor-
rectly mastered by the customer on a computer. I
• Check if the CDs carry the Compact Disc Logo. If not, the disc is not mastered to the “red book” Compact
Disc Standard and may not play.
J
Symptom Cause and Counter measure
Check if the CD was inserted correctly.
Check if the CD is scratched or dirty. K
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone
(about 1 hour) before using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal L
temperature.
Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music
CD files (CD-DA data) will be played. M
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition,
the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in com-
pliance with the specifications. AV
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format, This may occur depending on the
variation or the setting of MP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc. O
Check if the CD is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality Check if the CD is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time before If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA CD, or if it is a multisession disc, some
P
the music starts playing. time may be required before the music starts playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing
Music cuts off or skips
depth, writing width might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities if data such as for high bit rate data.

Revision: 2010 March AV-149 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Symptom Cause and Counter measure
Move immediately to the next song When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma”,
when playing or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the software, so the files might
desired order. not play in the desired order.
Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other
sources, is not a malfunction.
NOTE:
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking
the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the station arriving at the
antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings.

Revision: 2010 March AV-150 2009 G37 Convertible


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005156445

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
WARNING: E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) I
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000005156453

K
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-
ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the
window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic
L
window function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Service Procedure Precautions for Models with a Pop-up Roll Bar INFOID:0000000005156446

M
WARNING:
• Risk of passenger injury or death may increase if the pop-up roll bar does not deploy during a roll
over collision. In order to reduce the chance of an incident where the pop-up roll bar is inoperative,
AV
all maintenance must be performed by a NISSAN or INFINITI dealer.
• Before removing and installing the pop-up roll bar component parts and harness, always turn the
ignition switch OFF, disconnect the battery negative terminal, and wait for 3 minutes or more. (The
purpose of this operation is to discharge electricity that is accumulated in the auxiliary power supply O
circuit in the air bag diagnosis sensor unit.)
• When repairing, removing, and installing a pop-up roll bar, always refer to SRS AIR BAG and SRS
AIR BAG CONTROL warnings in the Service Manual.
P
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000004929983

AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0 V or less.
• Be sure to turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before
checking the circuit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-151 2009 G37 Convertible


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000004929984

AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]

PKIA0306E

• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)

PKIA0307E

Revision: 2010 March AV-152 2009 G37 Convertible


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004929985
B

Tool name Description


C

D
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts

E
PBIC0191E

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-153 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


AV CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371546

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JPNIA0470ZZ

1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. Bracket LH 3. AV control unit


4. Bracket RH

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005183751

REMOVAL
1. Remove display unit.
2. Remove AV control unit with a unified meter and A/C amp. as a single unit from the body.
3. Remove bracket screws, and then remove AV control unit.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Since AV control unit connector and unified meter and A/C amp. connector have the same form, be
careful not to insert them wrongly.

Revision: 2010 March AV-154 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004930074

Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View". B


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004930075

REMOVAL C
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove display unit with bracket as a single unit.
D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
E

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-155 2009 G37 Convertible


DOOR SPEAKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DOOR SPEAKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371550

JPNIA0471ZZ

1. Door speaker
2. Speaker bracket

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371551

REMOVAL
1. Remove door finisher assembly. Refer to INT-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove the door speaker from speaker bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-156 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR SPEAKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371552

D
JPNIA1603ZZ

E
1. Rear speaker

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371553


F
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear seatback. Refer to SE-246, "Exploded View". G
2. Remove rear speaker from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-157 2009 G37 Convertible


TWEETER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
TWEETER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371554

JPNIA0473ZZ

1. Door finisher assembly


2. Tweeter

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371555

REMOVAL
1. Remove door finisher assembly. Refer to INT-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove the tweeter from the door finisher assembly.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-158 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA BASE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA BASE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004931956

D
JPNIA1606GB

E
1. Antenna rod
2. Antenna base
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure. F

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004931957

G
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher inner. Refer to INT-26, "Exploded View".
2. Remove antenna base mounting nut. H
3. Remove antenna base.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. I
CAUTION:
Be careful about tightening torque. Antenna sensitivity becomes poor, and when it is excessive, trunk
lid panel may be deformed, when antenna base mounting nut tightening torque is loose. J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-159 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371558

JPNIA0504ZZ

1. Bracket (front) 2. Satellite radio tuner 3. Bracket (rear)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371559

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk floor spacer RH. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View".
2. Remove nuts (A) from the trunk room RH, and satellite radio
tuner (1) from trunk room side.

JPNIA0475ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-160 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004930076

REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JSNIA0126ZZ
F
1. Center ventilator grille
2. Multifunction switch
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004930077

REMOVAL H
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove multifunction switch with center ventilator grille as a single unit.
3. Remove multifunction switch from center ventilator. I

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-161 2009 G37 Convertible


PRESET SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PRESET SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004930078

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0107ZZ

1. Clock 2. Cluster lid C 3. Preset switch

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004930079

REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove preset switch (2) from cluster lid C.

1. Clock
A. Screw
B. Screw
C. Screw

JSNIA0127ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
When installing preset switch, do not allow the print wire that connects preset switch and multifunction switch
to get caught in between AV control unit and preset switch.

Revision: 2010 March AV-162 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004932173

Refer to ST-13, "Exploded View". B


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004932174

REMOVAL C
Refer to ST-13, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
D
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-163 2009 G37 Convertible


AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004931969

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0131ZZ

1. Auxiliary input jacks

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004931970

REMOVAL
1. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
2. Remove auxiliary input jacks from center console assembly.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-164 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004931960

D
JPNIA0489ZZ

E
1. Camera control unit

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004931961


F
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk floor spacer RH, and then remove camera control unit. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View". G
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
H
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004931962

ADJUSTMENT
I
There may be a misalignment of possible route line center position of rear view monitor after removing camera
control unit. Therefore, correct neutral position with the following procedure.
1. Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends.
J
2. Drive vehicle at 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) min. speed at least 100 m (328.1 ft).

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-165 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW CAMERA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004931963

REMOVAL
Refer to EXT-36, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JPNIA1782ZZ

1. Rear view camera

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004931964

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher outer. Refer to EXT-36, "Exploded View".
2. Remove rear view camera from trunk lid finisher outer.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004931965

Adjust the guide line position if the guide line position is shifted after installing the rear view camera.
1. Draw lines on rearward area of the vehicle passing through the
following points: 200 mm (7.87 in) from both sides of the vehicle,
and 0.5 m (1.64 ft), 1.0 m (3.28 ft) from the rear end of the
bumper.
2. Set into “Adjust offset of rear view camera” mode of Confirma-
tion / Adjustment mode.

SKIB3691E

Revision: 2010 March AV-166 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW CAMERA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
3. Rotate the center dial, and then select the guiding line pattern so
that its angle is aligned with the correction line of the rear of the A
vehicle.

Selected pattern :7 B
4. Make fine adjustment to the correction line of the rear of the
vehicle with up/down/left/right switches so that its position is
aligned with the guiding line. Press “OK” switch and record the C
adjusted guiding line position to the camera control unit.
SKIB3689E
Up/Down adjustment range : −20 – 20 D
Left/Right adjustment range : −20 – 20
CAUTION:
Never operate other function such as pressing BACK while writing index data. E
If Confirmation/Adjustment mode does not function in the above procedure, perform one of the
following service to adjust the index again.
• Remove battery for five min. Then reconnect battery.
F
• Remove camera control unit connector for five min. Then reconnect camera control unit connec-
tor.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-167 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004931966

REMOVAL
Refer to SR-14, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0135ZZ

1. Spiral cable
2. Steering angle sensor

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004931967

REMOVAL
1. Remove spiral cable.
2. Remove steering angle sensor from spiral cable.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-168 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
A
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000004371570

AV

P
JPNIA1593GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-169 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO)
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000004930081

JPNIA1593GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-170 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004928930
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JSNIA0732GB M

• Reference 1··· Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".


• Reference 2··· Refer to AV-299, "DTC Index". AV
• Reference 3··· Refer to AV-444, "Symptom Table".
DETAILED FLOW
O
1.INTERVIEW AND SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
Check the malfunction symptoms by performing the following items.
• Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc- P
tion occurred).
• Check the symptom.
Is the occurred symptom malfunction?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: 2010 March AV-171 2009 G37 Convertible
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
1. Connect CONSULT-III and perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV”. Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III
Function (MULTI AV)".
NOTE:
Skip to step 4 of the diagnosis procedure if “MULTI AV” is not displayed.
2. Check if any DTC is displayed in the self-diagnosis results.
Is DTC displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC
1. Check the DTC indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the DTC Index. Refer to AV-299, "DTC Index".

>> GO TO 5.
4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-444, "Symptom
Table".

>> GO TO 5.
5.ERROR PART REPAIR
1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV” with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
3. Check that the symptom does not occur.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 March AV-172 2009 G37 Convertible


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-
B
scription INFOID:0000000004928931

Always correct the center position of the rear view monitor's possible route line after disconnecting the battery
negative terminal. C

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Spe-


cial Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004928932
D

1.CORRECTION OF CENTER POSITION OF REAR VIEW MONITOR'S POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE


Refer to the following for details. E

>> Refer to AV-173, "REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION
ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement". F
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description G
INFOID:0000000004928933

When camera control unit is replaced, the center position of rear view monitor possible route line is corrected.
H
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000004928934

I
1.CORRECTION OF CENTER POSITION OF REAR VIEW MONITOR'S POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE
Refer to the following for details.
J
>> Refer to AV-173, "REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION
ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST- K
MENT
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST- L
MENT : Description INFOID:0000000004928935

Adjust the center position of the possible route line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted. M
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST-
MENT : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004928936
AV

1.STEERING OPERATION
Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends. O

>> GO TO 2
2.DRIVING P

Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.

>> END

Revision: 2010 March AV-173 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MULTI AV SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371573

JPNIA1591GB

NOTE:
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
• An antenna base integrated with radio antenna and satellite radio
antenna is adopted.

JSNIA1062GB

System Description INFOID:0000000004371574

Multi AV system means that the following systems are integrated.

System name System explanation


AUDIO SYSTEM AV-179, "System Description"
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM AV-184, "System Description"

Revision: 2010 March AV-174 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
System name System explanation
A
• Indicates the status of audio, climate control system, fuel econ-
omy and maintenance.
VEHICLE INFORMATION SYSTEM • AV control unit displays the fuel consumption status while re-
ceiving data signal through CAN communication from ECM B
and unified meter and A/C amp.
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM AV-187, "System Description"
SATELLITE RADIO SYSTEM AV-179, "System Description" C
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM Refer to “AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM” shown below.
• AV control unit functions by transmitting/receiving data one by one with each unit (slave unit) that configures
them completely as a master unit by connecting between units that configure MULTI AV system with two AV D
communication lines (H, L).
• Two AV communication lines (H, L) adopt a twisted pair line that is resistant to noise.
• AV control unit is connected by CAN communication, and it receives data signal from ECM, unified meter E
and A/C amp. It computes and displays fuel economy information value with the obtained information. Trans-
mitting/receiving of data signal is performed by BCM. Also, it transmits the required signal of vehicle setting
and receives the response signal.
• AV control unit is connected with display and serial communication, and it transmits the required signal of F
display and display control and receives the response signal from display. Also, it is connected with satellite
radio by serial communication, and it transmits the operating signal and receives the display signal.
NOTE: G
AV control unit can perform CONSULT-III self-operating function and on board self-diagnosis.
• CONSULT-III self-diagnosis: refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
• On board self-diagnosis: refer to AV-190, "Diagnosis Description".
H
On board self-diagnosis of TEL adapter unit can be performed.
• Refer to AV-208, "Diagnosis Description" for on board self-diagnosis.
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM I
• Image and sound can be output from an external device by connecting a device with auxiliary input jacks.
• Operation can be performed with multifunction switch and steering switch. Multifunction switch transmits
operation signal to AV control unit by AV communication.
J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-175 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004371575

JPNIA1597ZZ

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. Microphone (for AudioPilot® ) 8. Rear woofer LH 9. TEL antenna
10. BOSE amp. 11. Rear view camera 12. Satellite radio tuner

Revision: 2010 March AV-176 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Antenna base (antenna amp. and sat-
13. TEL adapter unit 14. Camera control unit 15.
ellite antenna) A
16. Rear woofer RH 17. Passenger headrest speaker RH 18. Passenger headrest speaker LH
19. Door woofer RH 20. Tweeter RH 21. Door squawker RH
22. Microphone 23. iPod adapter 24. Steering switch B
25. Steering angle sensor 26. Preset switch 27. Auxiliary input jacks
28. iPod connector 29. AV control unit 30. Multifunction switch
31. Display unit C
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. Rear seat back is removed condition. C. Trunk rear plate is removed condition.
D. Trunk room RH E. Trunk room RH F. Rear view of the display unit
G. Spiral cable part D

Component Description INFOID:0000000004371576

Part name Description


• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
F
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• AV control unit includes audio function and vehicle information function.
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communica- G
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con- H
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
• Auxiliary image signal is input from the auxiliary input jacks. I
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• RGB image signal is input from AV control unit (RGB, RGB area and RGB syn-
DISPLAY UNIT
chronizing). J
• Synchronizing signal (HP, VP) is output to AV control unit.
• Composite image signal (auxiliary and camera images) is input from the AV
control unit.
K
Inputs power (amp. ON) and sound signal from AV control unit, and outputs
BOSE AMP.
sound signal to each speaker.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER L
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR SQUAWKER
• Outputs midrange sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
M
TWEETER
• Outputs high range sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
CENTER SPEAKER AV
• Outputs mid range sounds.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp. O
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs midrange sound.

• Used for AudioPilot®


MICROPHONE (for AudioPilot®) P
• Mic.signal is transmitted to BOSE amp.
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where audio and aux-
iliary input operations are integrated.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
• Connected with AV control unit via cable, and operation signal is transmitted to
AV control unit via AV communication.

Revision: 2010 March AV-177 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where audio and air
conditioner operations are integrated.
PRESET SWITCH • Connected with multifunction switch via cable, and operation signal is transmit-
ted to AV control unit via AV communication.
• The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is in-
dicated on the display unit via AV control unit.
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.
REAR VIEW CAMERA The image of vehicle rear view is transmitted to camera control unit.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Sensor signal (steering angle) is transmitted to camera control unit.
• Operations such as audio and hands-free phone are possible.
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
• Used only when hands-free phone is operated.
MICROPHONE • Outputs Mic. signal (TEL voice signal) to the TEL adapter unit.
• The power (Mic. power supply) is supplied from the TEL adapter unit.
The image signal of the auxiliary input is output via the AV control unit to the dis-
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
play unit, and it outputs the sound signal to the AV control unit.
An antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. and satellite radio antenna
is adopted.
ANTENNA AMP.
• Radio signal received by rod antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV control
ANTENNA BASE
unit.
• Power (antenna amp. ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
• Receives the satellite radio waves and outputs it to AV control unit.
• Inputs the TEL voice signal from TEL antenna and outputs it to the AV control
unit.
TEL ADAPTER UNIT
• It is connected with the AV control unit via AV communication and controlled
with the AV control unit.
TEL ANTENNA Receives the TEL voice signal and outputs it to the TEL adapter unit.
• Inputs the satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs the
sound signal to the AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
• It is controlled with the AV control unit and serial communication (communica-
tion signal and request signal).

• Inputs iPod sound signal from iPod®, and outputs iPod sound signal to AV con-
trol unit.
iPod ADAPTER • Receiving/transmitting of iPod® operation signals are performed as follows:
- between AV control unit and iPod adapter: AV communication.
- between iPod® and iPod adapter: serial communication.

iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Revision: 2010 March AV-178 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUDIO SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371577

JPNIA1633GB

NOTE: I
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
• An antenna base integrated with radio antenna and satellite radio J
antenna is adopted.

JSNIA1062GB M
System Description INFOID:0000000004371578

The audio system is equipped with the following functions. Each function can be operated with the multifunc- AV
tion switch, preset switch or steering switch. It indicates the operation status of AUDIO to the display.

Function O
AM/FM radio
CD
P
Satellite radio
iPod connection

AudioPilot®
Sound equalizer automatic switching function

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

Revision: 2010 March AV-179 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Operating Signal
Operation of the audio system can be performed with the multifunction switch, preset switch or steering
switch.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with AV communication when it is operated by multifunction
switch or preset switch. The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with steering switch signal when it is operated by steering
switch.
Screen Display
• The display switching of the screen is performed with the communication signal between the display and the
AV control unit.
• The image signal to display operating condition is performed with RGB signal, RGB area signal and RGB
image synchronizing signal.
AM/FM Radio Mode
• AM/FM radio tuner is built into AV control unit.
• Audio signal is received by rod antenna, next it is amplified by antenna amp, and finally it is input to AV con-
trol unit. Audio signal is input to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to each speaker.
CD Mode (6CDs)
• CD changer (up to 6CDs) is built into AV control unit.
• AV control unit outputs audio signal to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to each speaker when CD is
inserted to AV control unit.
Satellite Radio Mode
• Satellite radio tuner is controlled by communication signal and request signal with AV control unit.
• Sound signal (satellite radio) is received by satellite antenna and transmitted to AV control unit. Sound signal
(satellite radio) is transmitted from AV control unit to BOSE amp. and transmitted from BOSE amp. to each
speaker.
iPod Connection
• Connect iPod® and iPod adapter with wire harness and iPod adapter input iPod sound signal from iPod®.
When iPod mode is selected, iPod adapter output iPod sound signal to AV control unit. AV control unit output
sound signal to BOSE amp., and BOSE amp. output sound signal to each speaker.
• Receiving/transmitting of iPod® operation signals are performed as follows:
- between AV control unit and iPod adapter: AV communication.
- between iPod® and iPod adapter: serial communication.
• The iPod® connection status can be recognized whether iPod adapter receives iPod connection recognition
signal.
• The iPod adapter is possible to charge iPod®.
iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
AudioPilot®
AudioPilot® is a sound improving system that picks up by a microphone in a driver headrest any noises or the
sound of music coming into the vehicle, and that uses the BOSE amp. to revise the frequency feature of music
in real time in response to the frequency feature of the noise while driving and listening to music.
• If the low frequency area noise from the vehicle is loud, it adjusts the low frequency element of music to be
larger than the vehicle noise.
• If the high frequency area noise from the vehicle is loud, it adjusts the high frequency element of music to be
larger than the vehicle noise.
• If the vehicle noise is smaller than the setting volume, correction is not performed. This eliminates the vehi-
cle noise when listening to music.
Sound Equalizer Automatic Switching Function
Sound quality in a fully-open retractable hard top condition is improved by the correction for bringing the fre-
quency characteristics in a fully-open retractable hard top condition closer to the characteristics in a fully-
closed retractable hard top condition. When the retractable hard top is in a fully-open condition, sound pres-
sure is reduced due to the absence of sound echo generated by sound reflection from the retractable hard top.
BOSE amp. detects an open-close condition of the retractable hard top by receiving a roof status signal from
the retractable hard top control unit and switches the equalizer to correct the frequency characteristics in a
fully-open retractable hard top condition. During the switching of the equalizer, audio stops temporarily due to
the temporary mute.

Revision: 2010 March AV-180 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004931716

AV

P
JPNIA1597ZZ

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. ® 8. Rear woofer LH 9. TEL antenna
Microphone (for AudioPilot )
10. BOSE amp. 11. Rear view camera 12. Satellite radio tuner

Revision: 2010 March AV-181 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Antenna base (antenna amp. and sat-
13. TEL adapter unit 14. Camera control unit 15.
ellite antenna)
16. Rear woofer RH 17. Passenger headrest speaker RH 18. Passenger headrest speaker LH
19. Door woofer RH 20. Tweeter RH 21. Door squawker RH
22. Microphone 23. iPod adapter 24. Steering switch
25. Steering angle sensor 26. Preset switch 27. Auxiliary input jacks
28. iPod connector 29. AV control unit 30. Multifunction switch
31. Display unit
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. Rear seat back is removed condition. C. Trunk rear plate is removed condition.
D. Trunk room RH E. Trunk room RH F. Rear view of the display unit
G. Spiral cable part

Component Description INFOID:0000000004371580

Part name Description


• The AM/FM receiving function and the CD playing function are equipped.
AV CONTROL UNIT
• Audio signal is output to BOSE amp. from each function.
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
DISPLAY UNIT
• RGB image signal (audio operation condition) is input from AV control unit.
• Inputs power (amp. ON) and sound signal from AV control unit, and outputs
BOSE AMP. sound signal to each speaker.
• Inputs roof status signal (audio) from the retractable hard top control unit.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR SQUAWKER
• Outputs midrange sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
TWEETER
• Outputs high range sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
CENTER SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sounds.
• Outputs sound signal from woofer amp.
REAR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs midrange sound.

• Used for AudioPilot®


MICROPHONE (for AudioPilot® )
• Mic.signal is transmitted to BOSE amp.
• Each audio operation can be operated.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH • Connected with AV control unit via cable, and operation signal is transmitted to
AV control unit via AV communication.
• Each audio operation can be operated.
• It is connected to the multifunction switch by AV communication. The operation
PRESET SWITCH
signal is transmitted to the AV control unit.
• The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Each audio operation can be operated.
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
An antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. and satellite radio antenna
is adopted.
ANTENNA AMP.
ANTENNA BASE • Radio signal received by rod antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV control
unit.
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
• Receives the satellite radio waves and outputs it to satellite radio tuner.

Revision: 2010 March AV-182 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
A
• Inputs iPod sound signal from iPod®, and outputs iPod sound signal to AV con-
trol unit.
iPod ADAPTER • Receiving/transmitting of iPod® operation signals are performed as follows:
- between AV control unit and iPod adapter: AV communication. B
- between iPod® and iPod adapter: serial communication.
• Inputs the satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs the
sound signal to the AV control unit. C
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
• It is controlled with the AV control unit and serial communication (communica-
tion signal and request signal).

iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. D

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-183 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004931941

JSNIA1379GB

System Description INFOID:0000000005038915

CAMERA IMAGE OPERATION PRINCIPLE


• Power is supplied to rear view camera from camera control unit and outputs camera image signal to camera
control unit when selector lever is set to R position and the reverse signal on camera control unit is input.
• Camera control unit superimposes the guiding line and predicted course line to the image from rear view
camera and outputs to display unit via AV control unit. In this case, the reverse signal is also input to AV con-
trol unit. Therefore, AV control unit recognizes the selector lever as in the reverse position. And then AV con-
trol unit switches the image displayed by the communication signal between AV control unit and display unit
with the camera image. In addition, possible route lines are controlled by original sensor signal from steering
angle sensor.
• The AV control unit determines whether rear view camera is equipped or not, based on the presence of cam-
era connection recognition signal. It switches to rear view monitor image at the time of reverse signal input
when it is equipped.
• AV control unit is connected in communication with camera control unit and display unit, and it controls oper-
ation of rear view monitor system.

Revision: 2010 March AV-184 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004932426

AV

P
JPNIA1597ZZ

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. ® 8. Rear woofer LH 9. TEL antenna
Microphone (for AudioPilot )
10. BOSE amp. 11. Rear view camera 12. Satellite radio tuner

Revision: 2010 March AV-185 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Antenna base (antenna amp. and sat-
13. TEL adapter unit 14. Camera control unit 15.
ellite antenna)
16. Rear woofer RH 17. Passenger headrest speaker RH 18. Passenger headrest speaker LH
19. Door woofer RH 20. Tweeter RH 21. Door squawker RH
22. Microphone 23. iPod adapter 24. Steering switch
25. Steering angle sensor 26. Preset switch 27. Auxiliary input jacks
28. iPod connector 29. AV control unit 30. Multifunction switch
31. Display unit
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. Rear seat back is removed condition. C. Trunk rear plate is removed condition.
D. Trunk room RH E. Trunk room RH F. Rear view of the display unit
G. Spiral cable part

Component Description INFOID:0000000004931944

Part name Description


• Image on display is changed to rear view monitor image with serial commu-
nication between AV control unit and display unit.
AV CONTROL UNIT
• Inputs camera image signal from camera control unit, and outputs it to dis-
play unit.
• Camera image signal is transmitted from camera control unit via AV control
unit.
DISPLAY UNIT
• Rear view monitor image is changed with the communication for AV control
unit.
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is
indicated on the display unit via AV control unit.
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.
REAR VIEW CAMERA The image of vehicle rear view is transmitted to camera control unit.
Steering signal necessary for possible route line control is transmitted to cam-
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
era control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-186 2009 G37 Convertible


HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371581

D
JSNIA0173GB

System Description INFOID:0000000004371582


E

• TEL adapter unit is controlled with AV communication from AV control unit.


• The connection between cellular phone and TEL adapter unit is performed with Bluetooth™. F
• The voice guidance signal is input from the TEL adapter unit to the AV control unit and output via BOSE
amp. to the front speaker and center speaker when operating the TEL.
• TEL adapter unit has the on board self-diagnosis function. Refer to AV-208, "Diagnosis Description".
G
WHEN RECEIVING A CALL
TEL voice signal received with the cellular phone is input from TEL antenna via TEL adapter unit to AV control
unit with Bluetooth™ communication and output via BOSE amp. to the front speaker. The operation is per- H
formed with the steering switch or voice recognition function (TEL operation only).
WHEN A CALL IS TRANSMITTED
Speech sound (TEL voice signal) is input from the microphone to the TEL adapter unit. It is input from the TEL I
antenna via Bluetooth™ communication to the cellular phone. It is transmitted to the phone on the other side.
The operation is performed with the steering switch or voice recognition function (TEL operation only).
J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-187 2009 G37 Convertible


HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004931718

JPNIA1597ZZ

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. Microphone (for AudioPilot® ) 8. Rear woofer LH 9. TEL antenna
10. BOSE amp. 11. Rear view camera 12. Satellite radio tuner

Revision: 2010 March AV-188 2009 G37 Convertible


HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Antenna base (antenna amp. and sat-
13. TEL adapter unit 14. Camera control unit 15.
ellite antenna) A
16. Rear woofer RH 17. Passenger headrest speaker RH 18. Passenger headrest speaker LH
19. Door woofer RH 20. Tweeter RH 21. Door squawker RH
22. Microphone 23. iPod adapter 24. Steering switch B
25. Steering angle sensor 26. Preset switch 27. Auxiliary input jacks
28. iPod connector 29. AV control unit 30. Multifunction switch
31. Display unit C
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. Rear seat back is removed condition. C. Trunk rear plate is removed condition.
D. Trunk room RH E. Trunk room RH F. Rear view of the display unit
G. Spiral cable part D

Component Description INFOID:0000000004371584

Part name Description


• Inputs TEL voice signal or voice guidance signal from TEL adapter unit and
F
outputs it to BOSE amp. during reception.
AV CONTROL UNIT
• Connects with TEL adapter unit and AV communication and controls hands-
free phone system.
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit. G
DISPLAY UNIT • Inputs RGB image signal (RGB, RGB area and RGB synchronizing) from AV
control unit and displays the status of hands free phone system.

BOSE AMP.
Inputs TEL voice signal or voice guidance signal from AV control unit and outputs H
it to front speaker and center speaker.
DOOR WOOFER
DOOR SQUAWKER I
Outputs the TEL voice signal or voice guidance signal from BOSE amp.
TWEETER
CENTER SPEAKER
J
• Adjust the sound when using TEL.
PRESET SWITCH • The operation signal is transmitted to the AV control unit via AV communica-
tion.
• The hands-free phone system can be operated.
K
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
• Uses when operating the hands-free phone.
MICROPHONE • Outputs Mic. signal (TEL voice signal) to the TEL adapter unit. L
• The power (Mic. power supply) is supplied from the TEL adapter unit.
• Receives the steering switch signal (operation signal) from the steering switch.
• Inputs the TEL voice signal from TEL antenna during reception and outputs it M
to the AV control unit.
TEL ADAPTER UNIT
• Inputs the TEL voice signal from microphone during speech recognition and
outputs it to the TEL antenna.
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit. AV

TEL ANTENNA Connects with cellular phone via Bluetooth™ and communicates the TEL voice
signal.
O

Revision: 2010 March AV-189 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004371585

MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION


The ON/OFF operation (continuity) of each switch in the multifunction switch and preset switch can be
checked.
Self-diagnosis Mode
• Press the “BACK” switch and the “UP” switch of the 4-direction
switches within 10 seconds after turning the ignition switch from
OFF to ACC and hold them for 3 seconds or more. The buzzer
sounds, all indicators of the preset switch illuminate, and the self-
diagnosis mode starts.
• The continuity of each switch at the ON position can be checked
by pressing the switch. The buzzer sounds if the switch is normal.
CAUTION:
The hazard switch and CD eject switch cannot be checked.

JSNIA0136GB

Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode


Self-diagnosis mode is canceled when turning the ignition switch OFF.
MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
• The AV control unit diagnosis function starts up with multifunction switch operation and the AV control unit
performs a diagnosis for each unit in the system during the on board diagnosis.
• Perform a CONSULT-III diagnosis if the on board diagnosis does not start, e.g., the screen does not display
anything, the multifunction switch does not function, etc.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS
Description
• The trouble diagnosis function has a self-diagnosis mode for conducting trouble diagnosis automatically and
a confirmation/adjustment mode for operating manually.
• Self-diagnosis mode performs the AV control unit diagnosis and the connection diagnosis between each of
the units that make up the system, and it indicates the results to the display.
• The confirmation/adjustment mode allows the technician to check, modify or adjust the vehicle signals and
set values, as well as to monitor the system error records and system communication status. The checking,
modifying or adjusting generally requires human intervention and judgment (the system cannot make judg-
ment automatically).
On Board Diagnosis Item

Mode Description
• AV control unit diagnosis
Self Diagnosis
• Perform the connection diagnosis between each of the units.

Revision: 2010 March AV-190 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Mode Description
A
The confirmations of the tint with the color spectrum bar display and
Display Diagnosis
shading of color with the gradation bar display can be performed.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking brake,
Vehicle Signals B
lights, ignition switch, and reverse.
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
Climate Control Start auto air conditioner system self-diagnosis.
C
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurring in the past
Error History are displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and
Confirmation/ place that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed.
Adjustment D
The signal connected to camera control unit can be checked and the
Camera Cont. guiding line position that overlaps rear view camera image can be adjust-
ed.
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored. E
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history F
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory.

STARTING PROCEDURE G
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the audio system OFF.
H
3. While pressing the “SETTING” button, turn the volume control
dial clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. (When
the self-diagnosis mode is started, a short beep will be heard.)
• Shifting from current screen to previous screen is performed I
by pressing “BACK” button.

K
JSNIA0137GB

4. The trouble diagnosis initial screen is displayed, and then the


items of “Self Diagnosis” and “Confirmation/Adjustment” can be L
selected.

AV

JSNIA0138GB
O
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE

Revision: 2010 March AV-191 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
1. Start the self-diagnosis function and select “Self-diagnosis”.
- Self-diagnosis subdivision screen is displayed, and the self-
diagnosis mode starts.
- The bar graph visible on the center of the self-diagnosis subdivi-
sion screen indicates progress of the trouble diagnosis.

JSNIA0139GB

2. Diagnosis results are displayed after the self-diagnosis is com-


pleted. The unit names and the connection lines are color-coded
according to the diagnostic results.

Con-
Diagnosis results Unit nection
line
Normal Green Green
Connection malfunction Gray Yellow
Unit malfunction Note Red Green JPNIA1617ZZ

NOTE:
• Only the control unit (AV control unit) is displayed in red.
• Replace AV control unit if “Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit malfunction” is indicated. The symptom is AV con-
trol unit internal error. Refer to AV-454, "Exploded View".
- If multiple errors occur at the same time for a single unit, the screen switch colors are determined accord-
ing to the following order of priority: red > gray.
- The comments of the self-diagnosis results can be viewed with a
component in the diagnosis result screen.

JSNIA0141GB

Detection Range of Self-diagnosis Mode


• The self-diagnosis mode allows the technician to diagnose the connection in the communication line
between AV control unit and each unit and the internal operation of the AV control unit.
• Because the start condition of diagnosis function is a switch operation, the on board diagnosis function can-
not be started up if any malfunction is detected in the communication circuit between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.

SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the applicable display at the following table, and then repair the malfunctioning parts.
Self-diagnosis Result Chart

Revision: 2010 March AV-192 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Possible malfunction location / Action A


Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take

C
AV control unit malfunction is detected. Replace the AV control unit.

JPNIA1618GB

“Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit E


malfunction”

• Sound signal circuits between BOSE


amp. and each speaker is malfunc- • Malfunctioning speaker circuits
G
tioning. • Replace BOSE amp.
• BOSE amp. malfunction is detected.
H

JPNIA1623GB
I

BOSE amp. power supply and ground BOSE amp. power supply and ground
circuits are malfunctioning. circuits.
K

L
JPNIA1624GB

Malfunction is detected in AV communi- AV


AV communication circuits between
cation circuits between iPod adapter
iPod adapter and BOSE amp.
and BOSE amp.

JPNIA1625GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-193 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take

Malfunction is detected in camera con- Camera connection recognition signal


nection recognition signal circuit. circuit.

JPNIA1636GB

• Malfunction is detected in communi-


cation circuit between AV control unit
and display unit. Communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in communi- control unit and display unit.
cation signal between AV control unit
and display unit.

JPNIA1619GB

• Satellite radio tuner power supply


and ground circuit malfunction is de-
tected.
• Malfunction is detected in communi- • Satellite radio tuner power supply
cation circuits between AV control and ground circuit.
unit and satellite radio tuner. • Communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in communi- control unit and satellite radio tuner.
cation signal between AV control unit • Request signal circuit between AV
and satellite radio tuner. control unit and satellite radio tuner.
• Malfunction is detected in request
signal circuit between AV control unit
JPNIA1620GB
and satellite radio tuner.

• TEL adapter unit power supply and


ground circuit malfunction is detect-
ed.
• TEL adapter unit power supply and
• Malfunction is detected in AV com-
ground circuit.
munication circuit between BOSE
• AV communication circuit between
amp. and camera control unit.
BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
• Malfunction is detected in AV com-
• AV communication circuit between
munication circuit between camera
camera control unit and TEL adapter
control unit and TEL adapter unit.
unit.
• Malfunction is detected in AV com-
munication signal between AV con-
JPNIA1621GB
trol unit and TEL adapter unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-194 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take A

• iPod adapter power supply and


B
ground circuit malfunction is detect-
ed. • iPod adapter power supply and
• Malfunction is detected in AV com- ground circuit.
munication circuit between multi- • AV communication circuit between C
function switch and iPod adapter. multifunction switch and iPod adapt-
• Malfunction is detected in AV com- er.
munication signal between AV con-
trol unit and iPod adapter. D
JPNIA1622GB

Malfunction is detected in AV communi-


F
AV communication circuit between AV
cation circuit between AV control unit
control unit and iPod adapter.
and iPod adapter.
G

JPNIA1715GB H
CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE
1. Start the diagnosis function and select “Confirmation/Adjustment”. The confirmation/adjustment mode I
indicates where each item can be checked or adjusted.
2. Select each switch on the “Confirmation/Adjustment Mode”
screen to display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press
the “BACK” switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjust- J
ment Mode screen.

JSNIA0147GB

Display Diagnosis M

AV

JSNIA0688GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-195 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

The tint of the color bar indication is as per the following list if RGB signal error is detected.

R (red) signal error : Light blue (Cyan) tint


G (green) signal error : Purple (Magenta) tint
B (blue) signal error : Yellow tint
Vehicle Signals
A comparison check can be made of each actual vehicle signal and
the signals recognized by the system.

JSNIA0149GB

Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status Remarks


ON Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Vehicle speed
OFF Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
ON Parking brake is applied.
Parking brake
OFF Parking brake is released.
ON Light switch ON
Lights —
OFF Light switch OFF
ON Ignition switch ON
Ignition —
OFF Ignition switch in ACC position
Shift the selector lever to “R” posi-
ON
tion
Reverse Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
Shift the selector lever other than
OFF
“R” position

Speaker Test
Select “Speker Test” to display the speaker test screen. Press “Start”
to generate a test tone in a speaker. Press “Start” again to generate
a test tone in the next speaker. Press “End” to stop the test tones.
NOTE:
The frequency of test tone emitted from each speaker is as follows.

Tweeter : 3 kHz
Front speaker : 300 Hz
Rear speaker : 1 kHz
JSNIA0150GB

Climate Control
Refer to “HEATER & AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTEM” for details.
Error History
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation.
Count up method A

Revision: 2010 March AV-196 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
• The counter resets to 0 if an error occurs when ignition switch is turned ON. The counter increases by 1 if
the condition is normal at a next ignition ON cycle. A
• The counter upper limit is 39. Any counts exceeding 39 are ignored. The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
Count up method B
B
• The counter increases by 1 if an error occurs when ignition switch is ON. The counter will not decrease even
if the condition is normal at the next ignition ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 50. Any counts exceeding 50 are ignored. The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III. C

Display type of occur-


Error history display item
rence frequency
D
Count up method A CAN communication line, control unit (CAN), AV communication line, control unit (AV)
Count up method B Other than the above
E

J
JSNIA0151GB

Error item
Some error items may be displayed simultaneously according to the cause. If some error items are displayed
simultaneously, the detection of the cause can be performed by the combination of display items K

Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take


Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and L
then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN communication malfunction is detect-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT ing to the diagnosis results.
ed.
Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function
(MULTI AV)".
M
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
AV
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV) Replace the AV control unit.
malfunction is detected.
FLASH-ROM Error Of Control Unit
AV control unit malfunction is detected. O
CAN Controller Memory Error
Amplifier Temperature Error BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. Replace the BOSE amp.
• Display unit power supply and ground P
circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica- • Display unit power supply and ground
tion circuit between AV control unit and circuit.
Front Display Connection Error
display unit. • Communication circuit between AV con-
• Malfunction is detected in communica- trol unit and display unit.
tion signal between AV control unit and
display unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-197 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Malfunction is detected in camera connec- Camera connection recognition circuit be-
Camera Control Unit Connection Error tion recognition circuit between AV control tween AV control unit and camera control
unit and camera control unit. unit.
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica-
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and
tion circuit between AV control unit and
ground circuit.
satellite radio tuner.
• Communication circuit between AV con-
SAT Connection Error • Malfunction is detected in communica-
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
tion signal between AV control unit and
• Request signal circuit between AV con-
satellite radio tuner.
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
• Malfunction is detected in request signal
circuit between AV control unit and satel-
lite radio tuner.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
Center speaker OUT: open Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
open.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
Center speaker OUT: short shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-).
Sound signal center speaker circuit to
Center speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal center speaker circuit to bat-
Center speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is
RR speaker OUT: open Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
open.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is
RR speaker OUT: short shorted between rear door woofer RH sig- Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
nal (+) and door woofer RH signal (-).
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to
RR speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is
RR SR-speaker OUT: open Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
open.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is
RR SR-speaker OUT: short shorted between rear woofer RH signal (+) Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
and rear woofer RH signal (-).
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to
RR SR-speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR SR-speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
tery is shorted.
RL SR-speaker OUT: open Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is short-
RL SR-speaker OUT: short ed between rear woofer LH signal (+) and Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
rear woofer LH signal (-).
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to
RL SR-speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
ground is shorted.

Revision: 2010 March AV-198 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to bat-
RL SR-speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: open Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit. B
open.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: short shorted between door woofer LH signal (+) Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
and door woofer LH signal (-). C
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to
RL speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to bat- D
RL speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: open
open. cuit. E
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
F
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to battery G
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(L) OUT: open
circuit is open. er LH circuit.
H
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH
circuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(L) OUT: short
speaker LH signal (+) and driver headrest er LH circuit.
speaker LH signal (-). I
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(L) OUT: short to ground
circuit to ground is shorted. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak- J
FL seat SP(L) OUT: short to battery
circuit to battery is shorted. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: open
circuit is open. er RH circuit. K
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH
circuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: short
speaker RH signal (+) and driver headrest er RH circuit. L
speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: short to ground
circuit to ground is shorted. er RH circuit.
M
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: short to battery
circuit to battery is shorted. er RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: open
LH circuit is open. speaker LH circuit.
AV

Sound signal passenger headrest speaker


LH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: short
headrest speaker LH signal (+) and pas- speaker LH circuit. O
senger headrest speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: short to ground
LH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker LH circuit. P
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: short to battery
LH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(R) OUT: open
RH circuit is open. speaker RH circuit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-199 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker
RH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(R) OUT: short
headrest speaker RH signal (+) and pas- speaker RH circuit.
senger headrest speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(R) OUT: short to ground
RH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(R) OUT: short to battery
RH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
Compensat. mic IN: open Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is open. Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is short-


Compensat. mic IN: short ed between MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
(+) and MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) (-).

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to


Compensat. mic IN: short to ground Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
ground is shorted.

Mic. signal (for Audiopilot® ) circuit to bat-


Compensat. mic IN: short to battery Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
tery is shorted.
• Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Multifunction switch power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuit between AV control unit and ground circuit.
• Switches Connection Error multifunction switch. • AV communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- control unit and multifunction switch.
cation signal between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir- BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
• Amplifier Connection Error cuits are malfunctioning. cuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT Camera control unit power supply and Camera control unit power supply and
• Rearview Camera Connection Error ground circuits malfunction is detected. ground circuits.
• iPod adapter power supply and ground
circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • iPod adapter power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuit between multifunction circuit.
• iPod Connection Error switch and iPod adapter. • AV communication circuit between multi-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- function switch and iPod adapter.
cation signal between AV control unit and
iPod adapter.
• TEL adapter unit power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• TEL adapter unit power supply and
cation circuit between BOSE amp. and
ground circuit.
camera control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • AV communication circuit between
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• H/F Unit Connection Error BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
cation circuit between camera control
• AV communication circuit between cam-
unit and TEL adapter unit.
era control unit and TEL adapter unit.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation signal between AV control unit and
TEL adapter unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuit between BOSE
• Rearview Camera Connection Error tion circuit between BOSE amp. and cam-
amp. and camera control unit.
• H/F Unit Connection Error era control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
• Rearview Camera Connection Error AV communication circuit between iPod
tion circuit between iPod adapter and
• H/F Unit Connection Error adapter and BOSE amp.
BOSE amp.
• Amplifier Connection Error

Revision: 2010 March AV-200 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• Rearview Camera Connection Error Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuit between AV con-
• iPod Unit Connection Error tion circuit between AV control unit and
trol unit and iPod adapter.
• H/F Unit Connection Error iPod adapter. B
• Amplifier Connection Error
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• Switches Connection Error
• Rearview Camera Connection Error
Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuit between AV con-
C
tion circuit between AV control unit and
• iPod Unit Connection Error trol unit and multifunction switch.
multifunction switch.
• H/F Unit Connection Error
• Amplifier Connection Error D
Camera Cont.
The two functions of “Connection Confirmation” and “Adjust Offset of Rear View Camera” are available.
CONNECTION CONFIRMATION E
The steering angle sensor, reverse signal and vehicle speed sensor
can be inspected.
F

H
JSNIA0084GB

I
Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status
When steering the vehicle with ignition switch ON (remains ON until connection
ON
mode is stopped when it is turned ON) J
Steer. Angle Sensor • Ignition switch at ACC
OFF
• No steering with ignition switch ON
— Malfunction detected in camera connection recognition signal K
ON Selector lever is in “R” with ignition switch ON.
• Ignition switch at ACC
Reverse Sensor OFF L
• Selector lever is in position other than “R” with ignition switch ON.
— Malfunction detected in camera-connection recognition signal
ON Vehicle speed is more than 0 km/h (0 MPH) with ignition switch ON
M
• Ignition switch at ACC
Vehicle Speed Sensor OFF
• Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 MPH) with ignition switch ON
— Malfunction detected in camera connection recognition signal
AV
Side view Switch — Not used
ADJUST OFFSET OF REAR VIEW CAMERA
Use this mode to adjust the guide line display position of the rear- O
view monitor if necessary after removing the rear view monitor cam-
era.
P

JSNIA0085GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-201 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis
• CAN communication status and error counter is displayed.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• The error counter is erased if reset.

Malfunction counter
Items Display (Current)
(Past)
Tx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
JPNIA1716ZZ
Rx (ECM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
Rx (Cluster) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
Rx (BCM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
Rx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
Rx (USM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
Rx (C/ROOF) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39

AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas-
ter unit) and each unit.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• If it resets, the error counter is erased.

Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
JPNIA1717ZZ
C Tx(ITM–SW) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
C Rx(PrimarySW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
C Rx(BTHF–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
C Rx(iPod Adpt.–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
C Rx(Amp–Audio) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39
C Rx(Rear-Camera–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 - 39

Delete Unit Connection Log


Deletes any unit connection records and error records from the AV
control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been
removed)

JSNIA0154GB

Initialize Settings

Revision: 2010 March AV-202 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Initializes the AV control unit memory.
A

JSNIA0155GB

D
CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV) INFOID:0000000004371586

CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS E
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via the communication with the AV control unit.

Diagnosis mode Description


F
Ecu Identification The part number of AV control unit can be checked.
Performs a diagnosis on the AV control unit and a connection diagnosis for the communication
Self Diagnostic Result
circuit of the Multi AV system, and displays the current and past malfunctions collectively.
G
Data Monitor The diagnosis of vehicle signal that is input to the AV control unit can be performed.

AV COMMUNICATION
When “AV communication” of “CAN Diag Support Monitor” is selected, the following function will be performed. H

Displays the communication status from AV control unit to each unit as well as the error
AV&NAVI C/U
AV communication counter. I
AUDIO Displays the AV control unit communication status and the error counter.

ECU IDENTIFICATION
J
The part number of AV control unit is displayed.
SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT
• In CONSULT-III self-diagnosis, self-diagnosis results and error history are displayed collectively. K
• The current malfunction indicates “CRNT”. The past malfunction indicates “PAST”.
• The timing is displayed as “0” if any of the error codes [U1000], [U1010], [U1300] and [U1310] is detected.
The counter increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle.
L
Self-diagnosis results display item

Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take


M
Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and
CAN communication malfunction is detect- then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]
ed. ing to the diagnosis results.
Refer to AV-210, "Diagnosis Procedure". AV
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010]
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis O
CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310] Replace the AV control unit
malfunction is detected.
Cont Unit FLASH-ROM [U1200]
AV control unit malfunction is detected. P
CAN CONT [U1216]
AMP TEMP [U1231] BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. Replace the BOSE amp.

Revision: 2010 March AV-203 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
• Display unit power supply and ground
circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica- • Display unit power supply and ground
tion circuit between AV control unit and circuit.
FRONT DISP CONN [U1243]
display unit. • Communication circuit between AV con-
• Malfunction is detected in communica- trol unit and display unit.
tion signal between AV control unit and
display unit.
Malfunction is detected in camera connec- Camera connection recognition circuit be-
CAMERA CONT. CONN [U1250] tion recognition circuit between AV control tween AV control unit and camera control
unit and camera control unit. unit.
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica-
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and
tion signal between AV control unit and
ground circuit.
satellite radio tuner.
• Communication circuit between AV con-
SAT CONN [U1255] • Malfunction is detected in communica-
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
tion circuit between AV control unit and
• Request signal circuit between AV con-
satellite radio tuner.
trol unit and satellite radio tuner.
• Malfunction is detected in request signal
circuit between AV control unit and satel-
lite radio tuner.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP OPEN [U1260] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
open.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP SHORT [U1261] shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-).
Sound signal center speaker circuit to
CENTER SP GND-SHORT [U1262] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal center speaker circuit to bat-
CENTER SP VB-SHORT [U1263] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP OPEN [U1264]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP SHORT [U1265] shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U1266]
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U1267]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER OPEN [U1268] Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
open.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER SHORT [U1269] shorted between door woofer RH signal (+) Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
and door woofer RH signal (-).
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to
Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
[U126A] ground is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U126B] Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is
RR-SURROUND SP OPEN [U126C] Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
open.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is
RR-SURROUND SP SHORT [U126D] shorted between rear woofer RH signal (+) Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
and rear woofer RH signal (-).
RR-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to
Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
[U126E] ground is shorted.

Revision: 2010 March AV-204 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U126F] Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
tery is shorted.
RL-SURROUND SP OPEN [U1274] Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
B
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is short-
RL-SURROUND SP SHORT [U1275] ed between rear woofer LH signal (+) and Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
rear woofer LH signal (-).
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to C
RL-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT [U1276] Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to bat-
RL-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U1277] Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted. D
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER OPEN [U1278] Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
open.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is E
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER SHORT [U1279] shorted between door woofer LH signal (+) Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
and door woofer LH signal (-).
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to F
Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
[U127A] ground is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to bat-
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U127B] Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
G
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP OPEN [U127C]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is H
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP SHORT [U127D] shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U127E]
ground is shorted. cuit.
I

Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U127F]
battery is shorted. cuit.
J
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1280]
circuit is open. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH
circuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak- K
FL-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1281]
speaker LH signal (+) and driver headrest er LH circuit.
speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak- L
FL-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U1282]
circuit to ground is shorted. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U1283]
circuit to battery is shorted. er LH circuit. M
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U1284]
circuit is open. er RH circuit.
Sound signal driver head speaker RH cir- AV
cuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U1285]
speaker RH signal (+) and driver headrest er RH circuit.
speaker RH signal (-).
O
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U1286]
circuit to ground is shorted. er RH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U1287] P
circuit to battery is shorted. er RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1288]
LH circuit is open. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker
LH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1289]
headrest speaker LH signal (+) and pas- speaker LH circuit.
senger headrest speaker LH signal (-).

Revision: 2010 March AV-205 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U128A]
LH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U128B]
LH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U128C]
RH circuit is open. speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker
RH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U128D]
headrest speaker RH signal (+) and pas- speaker RH circuit.
senger headrest speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U128E]
RH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U128F]
RH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
CORRECT MICRO OPEN [U1290] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is open. Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is short-


CORRECT MICRO SHORT [U1291] ed between MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
(+) and MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) (-).

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to


CORRECT MICRO GND-SHORT [U1292] Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
ground is shorted.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to bat-


CORRECT MICRO VB-SHORT [U1293] Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
tery is shorted.
• Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Multifunction switch power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuit between AV control unit and ground circuit.
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] multifunction switch. • AV communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- control unit and multifunction switch.
cation signal between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir- BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
• AMP CONN [U124E] cuits are malfunctioning. cuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] Camera control unit power supply and Camera control unit power supply and
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] ground circuits malfunction is detected. ground circuits.
• iPod adapter power supply and ground
circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • iPod adapter power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuit between multifunction circuit.
• IPod CONN [U1254] switch and iPod adapter. • AV communication circuit between multi-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- function switch and iPod adapter.
cation signal between AV control unit and
iPod adapter.
• TEL adapter unit power supply and
ground circuit malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• TEL adapter unit power supply and
cation circuit between BOSE amp. and
ground circuit.
camera control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] • AV communication circuit between
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• HAND FREE CONN [U1256] BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
cation circuit between camera control
• AV communication circuit between cam-
unit and TEL adapter unit.
era control unit and TEL adapter unit.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation signal between AV control unit and
TEL adapter unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuit between BOSE
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] tion circuit between BOSE amp. and cam-
amp. and camera control unit.
• HAND FREE CONN [U1256] era control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-206 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] AV communication circuit between iPod
tion circuit between iPod adapter and
• HAND FREE CONN [U1256] adapter and BOSE amp.
BOSE amp.
• AMP CONN [U124E] B
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuit between AV con-
• IPod CONN [U1254] tion circuit between AV control unit and
• HAND FREE CONN [U1256] iPod adapter.
trol unit and iPod adapter. C
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] D
Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] AV communication circuit between AV con-
tion circuit between AV control unit and
• IPod CONN [U1254] trol unit and multifunction switch.
multifunction switch.
• HAND FREE CONN [U1256]
• AMP CONN [U124E] E

DATA MONITOR
ALL SIGNALS F
• Displays the status of the following vehicle signals inputted into the AV control unit.
• For each signal, actual signal can be compared with the condition recognized on the system.
G

Dis-
Display Item Vehicle status Remarks
play H
On Vehicle speed >0 km/h (0 MPH)
VHCL SPD SIG
Off Vehicle speed =0 km/h (0 MPH) Changes in indication may be delayed. This is nor-
On Parking brake is applied. mal. I
PKB SIG
Off Parking brake is released.
On Light switch ON
ILLUM SIG J
Off Light switch OFF

On Ignition switch ON
IGN SIG
Off Ignition switch in ACC position K
On Shift the selector lever to “R” position
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is nor-
REV SIG Shift the selector lever other than “R”
Off mal. L
position

SELECTION FROM MENU


Allows the technician to select which vehicle signals should be displayed and displays the status of the M
selected vehicle signals.

Item to be selected Description AV


VHCL SPD SIG
PKB SIG
The same as when “ALL SIGNALS” O
ILLUM SIG
is selected.
IGN SIG
REV SIG
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-207 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004371587

HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS


During on board diagnosis the diagnosis function of TEL adapter unit starts with the operation of the steering
switch and performs the diagnosis when ignition switch ACC.
On board diagnosis item
The on board diagnosis has 3 modes: the self-diagnosis mode that performs the trouble diagnosis, the
speaker adaptation data deleting mode and the hands-free phone system initialization mode.
CAUTION:
• Perform the diagnosis with the vehicle stopped.
• Perform STEP2 if necessary.

STEP MODE Description


The self-diagnosis mode performs the microphone test and
STEP1 Self-diagnosis the diagnosis of TEL adapter unit, TEL antenna and steering
unit, and then reads out the results with the sound.
The speaker adaptation data deleting mode can delete the
Speaker adaptation data deleting
speaker adaptation data.
STEP2
Hands-free phone system initialization mode can perform
Hands-free phone system initialization
the initialization of hands-free phone system.

Self-diagnosis results
Self-diagnosis mode reads out the self-diagnosis results.
NOTE:
• Error count is read out simultaneously when reading out the DTC name.
• The errors are read out continuously when some errors occur at the same time.
Self-diagnosis results
DTC DTC name Possible causes
DTC 10000 INTERNAL FAILURE TEL adapter unit
DTC 01000 ANT. SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN
TEL antenna
DTC 00100 ANT. SHORT TO GROUND
DTC 00010 STEERING REMOTE BUTTON STUCK A
Steering switch
DTC 00001 STEERING REMOTE BUTTON STUCK B
DTC 00000 THERE ARE NO FAILURE RECORDS TO REPORT —

The details of error count


The error count guides “0” when the error occurs. The next time it counts up “1” if it is normal with the ignition
switch ON. It continues the count up unless the initialization of hands-free phone system is performed.

Revision: 2010 March AV-208 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
FLOW CHART OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A

AV

JSNIA0169GB
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-209 2009 G37 Convertible


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004929305

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each
control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-25, "CAN System Specification Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929306

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of CON-


DTC Diagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
SULT-III
AV control unit is not transmitting or receiving
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or CAN communication system.
more.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004929307

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” of “MULTI AV”.
Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed?
YES >> Refer to “LAN system”. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-210 2009 G37 Convertible


U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
Description INFOID:0000000004929308

Initial diagnosis of AV control unit. B


DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929309

DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

Display contents of CON-


DTC Diagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
SULT-III D
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detected. AV control unit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004929310 E

1.REPLACE AV CONTROL UNIT


When DTC U1010 is detected, replace AV control unit. F

>> INSPECTION END


G

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-211 2009 G37 Convertible


U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931023

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-454, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• AV control unit includes audio function and vehicle information function.
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
AV CONTROL UNIT
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
• Auxiliary image signal and auxiliary sound signal are input from the auxiliary
input jacks.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929312

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CONTROL UNIT (AV) An initial diagnosis error is detected in AV communication
U1310 Replace AV control unit.
[U1310] circuit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-212 2009 G37 Convertible


U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005184631

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-454, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929314

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
Cont Unit
An internal malfunction is detected in AV control unit
U1200 FLASH-ROM
(FLASH-ROM).
Replace AV control unit. I
[U1200]

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-213 2009 G37 Convertible


U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931027

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-454, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• AV control unit includes audio function and vehicle information function.
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
AV CONTROL UNIT
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
• Auxiliary image signal and auxiliary sound signal are input from the auxiliary
input jacks.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929318

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CAN CONT Internal malfunction of AV control unit (CAN controller) is
U1216 Replace AV control unit.
[U1216] detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-214 2009 G37 Convertible


U1231 BOSE AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1231 BOSE AMP.
A
Description INFOID:0000000005136718

Replace the BOSE amp. if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-462, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


Inputs power (amp. ON) and sound signal from AV control unit and, and outputs C
BOSE AMP.
sound signal to each speaker.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136719


D

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III E
AMP TEMP
U1231 Internal malfunction of BOSE amp. is detected. Replace BOSE amp.
[U1231]

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-215 2009 G37 Convertible


U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000005184873

Part name Description


• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• RGB image signal is input from AV control unit (RGB, RGB area and RGB syn-
DISPLAY UNIT chronizing).
• Synchronizing signal (HP, VP) is output to AV control unit.
• Auxiliary image signal and camera image signal are input from AV control unit.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005129661

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
• Display unit power supply and ground circuit malfunc-
tion is detected • Display unit power supply and
FRONT DISP CONN • Malfunction is detected in communication circuit be- ground circuit.
U1243
[U1243] tween AV control unit and display unit • Communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in communication signal be- control unit and display unit.
tween AV control unit and display unit

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129662

1.CHECK DISPLAY UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check display unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-236, "DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
11 56
M71 M83 Existed
22 44
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
11
M71 Not existed
22
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-216 2009 G37 Convertible


U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+) A
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
B

When adjusting display bright- C


M71 11 Ground
ness.

D
PKIB5039J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
F
Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
G
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
H

When adjusting display bright- I


M71 22 Ground
ness.

PKIB5039J J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace display unit. K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-217 2009 G37 Convertible


U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129663

Part name Description


• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is in-
dicated on the display.
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005129664

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CAMERA CONT. CONN Malfunction is detected in camera connection recognition Camera connection recognition sig-
U1250
[U1250] signal circuit. nal circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129665

1.CHECK CAMERA CONNECTION RECOGNITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and camera control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and camera control unit harness connector.

AV control unit Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M84 68 B241 14 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
AV control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M84 68 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace camera control unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-218 2009 G37 Convertible


U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129738

B
Part name Description
• Inputs the satellite radio signal from satellite radio antenna and outputs it to the
AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER C
• It is controlled with the communication (communication signal, request signal)
from AV control unit.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005129739 D

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
• Satellite radio tuner power supply and ground circuit • Satellite radio tuner power supply
malfunction is detected. and ground circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in communication circuit be- • Communication circuit between AV F
SAT CONN tween AV control unit and satellite radio tuner. control unit and satellite radio tun-
U1255
[U1255] • Malfunction is detected in communication signal be- er.
tween AV control unit and satellite radio tuner. • Request signal circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in request signal circuit be- control unit and satellite radio tun-
G
tween AV control unit and satellite radio tuner. er.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129740 H

1.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check satellite radio tuner power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-239, "SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : I
Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> Repair malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT AND REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and satellite radio tuner connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and satellite radio tuner harness connector.
L

AV control unit Satellite radio tuner


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals M
28 8
M82 29 B236 9 Existed
30 10 AV
4. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector.
O
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
28 Ground P
M82 29 Not existed
30
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2010 March AV-219 2009 G37 Convertible


U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE


1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Reference value
AV control unit (−)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminals

28 Ground

SKIA9299J
M82

29 Ground

SKIA9300J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector.
3. Connect satellite radio tuner.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

(+)
Reference value
Satellite radio tuner (−)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

B236 10 Ground

SKIA9301J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner.

Revision: 2010 March AV-220 2009 G37 Convertible


U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000005136734

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
CENTER SPEAKER
• Outputs sound (mid range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136735

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
CENTER SP OPEN Check sound signal center speaker
U1260 Sound signal center speaker circuit is open.
[U1260] circuit.
CENTER SP SHORT Sound signal center speaker circuit is shorted between Check sound signal center speaker F
U1261
[U1261] center speaker signal (+) and center speaker signal (-). circuit.
CENTER SP GND- Check sound signal center speaker
U1262 Sound signal center speaker circuit to ground is shorted.
SHORT [U1262] circuit. G
CENTER SP VB- Check sound signal center speaker
U1263 Sound signal center speaker circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U1263] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136736

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal center speaker circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-221 2009 G37 Convertible


U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT TWEETER/RIGHT SQUAWKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT TWEETER/RIGHT SQUAWK-
ER
Description INFOID:0000000005136737

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
TWEETER
• Outputs sound (high range).
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
SQUAWKER
• Outputs sound (high and mid range).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136738

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1264 Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is open.
[U1264] circuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is shorted between
FR-DOOR SP SHORT Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1265 front speaker RH signal (+) and front speaker RH signal (-
[U1265] circuit.
).
FR-DOOR SP GND- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1266
SHORT [U1266] ed. circuit.
FR-DOOR SP VB- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1267
SHORT [U1267] ed. circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136739

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal front speaker RH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-222 2009 G37 Convertible


U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B FRONT RIGHT DOOR WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B FRONT RIGHT DOOR WOOFER
A
Description INFOID:0000000005136740

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136741

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer RH
U1268 Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1268] circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal door woofer RH F
U1269
SHORT [U1269] door woofer RH signal (+) and door woofer RH signal (-). circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer RH
U126A Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U126A] circuit. G
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer RH
U126B Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U126B] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136742

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal door woofer RH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-223 2009 G37 Convertible


U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT WOOFER
Description INFOID:0000000005136743

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136744

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126C Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is open.
OPEN [U126C] circuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126D
SHORT [U126D] rear woofer RH signal (+) and rear woofer RH signal (-). circuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126E Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U126E] circuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126F Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U126F] circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136745

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal rear woofer RH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-224 2009 G37 Convertible


U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT WOOFER
A
Description INFOID:0000000005136746

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136747

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
RL-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer LH
U1274 Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1274] circuit.
RL-SURROUND SP Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear woofer LH F
U1275
SHORT [U1275] rear woofer LH signal (+) and rear woofer LH signal (-). circuit.
RL-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer LH
U1276 Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U1276] circuit. G
RL-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer LH
U1277 Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U1277] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136748

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal rear woofer LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-225 2009 G37 Convertible


U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B FRONT LEFT DOOR WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B FRONT LEFT DOOR WOOFER
Description INFOID:0000000005136749

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136750

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer LH
U1278 Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1278] circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal door woofer LH
U1279
SHORT [U1279] door woofer LH signal (+) and door woofer LH signal (-). circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer LH
U127A Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U127A] circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer LH
U127B Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U127B] circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136751

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal door woofer LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-226 2009 G37 Convertible


U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT TWEETER/LEFT SQUAWKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT TWEETER/LEFT SQUAWK-
A
ER
Description INFOID:0000000005136752
B

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp. C
TWEETER
• Outputs sound (high range).
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
SQUAWKER
• Outputs sound (high and mid range). D

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136753

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes F
CONSULT-III
FL- DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127C Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is open.
[U127C] circuit.
G
FL- DOOR SP SHORT Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127D
[U127D] front speaker LH signal (+) and front speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
FL- DOOR SP GND- Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127E
SHORT [U127E]
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
circuit.
H

FL- DOOR SP VB- Check sound signal front speaker LH


U127F Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U127F] circuit.
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136754

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS J


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again. K
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal front speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident". L

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-227 2009 G37 Convertible


U1280, U1281, U1282, U1283 DRIVER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1280, U1281, U1282, U1283 DRIVER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000005136720

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136721

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FL-SEAT L-SP OPEN Check sound signal driver headrest
U1280 Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit is open.
[U1280] speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit is short-
FL-SEAT L-SP SHORT Check sound signal driver headrest
U1281 ed between driver headrest speaker LH signal (+) and
[U1281] speaker LH circuit.
driver headrest speaker LH signal (-).
FL-SEAT L-SP GND- Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit to ground Check sound signal driver headrest
U1282
SHORT [U1282] is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
FL-SEAT L-SP VB- Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit to battery Check sound signal driver headrest
U1283
SHORT [U1283] is shorted. speaker LH circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136722

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-228 2009 G37 Convertible


U1284, U1285, U1286, U1287 DRIVER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1284, U1285, U1286, U1287 DRIVER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000005136723

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136724

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
FL-SEAT R-SP OPEN Check sound signal driver headrest
U1284 Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit is open.
[U1284] speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit is short- F
FL-SEAT R-SP SHORT Check sound signal driver headrest
U1285 ed between driver headrest speaker RH signal (+) and
[U1285] speaker RH circuit.
driver headrest speaker RH signal (-).

U1286
FL-SEAT R-SP GND- Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit to ground Check sound signal driver headrest G
SHORT [U1286] is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
FL-SEAT R-SP VB- Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit to battery Check sound signal driver headrest
U1287
SHORT [U1287] is shorted. speaker RH circuit. H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136725

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again. J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal center speaker circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident". K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-229 2009 G37 Convertible


U1288, U1289, U128A, U128B PASSENGER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1288, U1289, U128A, U128B PASSENGER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000005136726

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136727

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-SEAT L-SP OPEN Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal passenger head-
U1288
[U1288] open. rest speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit is
FR-SEAT L-SP SHORT Check sound signal passenger head-
U1289 shorted between passenger headrest speaker LH signal
[U1289] rest speaker LH circuit.
(+) and passenger headrest speaker LH signal (-).
FR-SEAT L-SP GND- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
U128A
SHORT [U128A] ground is shorted. rest speaker LH circuit.
FR-SEAT L-SP VB- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
U128B
SHORT [U128B] battery is shorted. rest speaker LH circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136728

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-230 2009 G37 Convertible


U128C, U128D, U128E, U128F PASSENGER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U128C, U128D, U128E, U128F PASSENGER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAK-
A
ER
Description INFOID:0000000005136729
B

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp. C
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136730


D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-SEAT R-SP OPEN Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal passenger head-
U128C F
[U128C] open. rest speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit is
FR-SEAT R-SP SHORT Check sound signal passenger head-
U128D shorted between passenger headrest speaker RH signal
[U128D] rest speaker RH circuit. G
(+) and passenger headrest speaker RH signal (-).
FR-SEAT R-SP GND- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
U128E
SHORT [U128E] ground is shorted. rest speaker RH circuit.
FR-SEAT R-SP VB- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
H
U128F
SHORT [U128F] battery is shorted. rest speaker RH circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136731


I

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> Repair sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
L

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-231 2009 G37 Convertible


U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AUDIOPILOT™ MICROPHONE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AUDIOPILOT™ MICROPHONE
Description INFOID:0000000005136732

Part name Description


®
• Used for AudioPilot
MICROPHONE (for AudioPilot® )
• Mic.signal is transmitted to BOSE amp.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005184865

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CORRECT MICRO Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1290
OPEN [U1290] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is open.
circuit.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is shorted between


CORRECT MICRO Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1291
SHORT [U1291] MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) (+) and MIC.signal (for Au-
circuit.
dioPilot® ) (-).
CORRECT MICRO Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1292
GND-SHORT [U1292] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to ground is shorted.
circuit.
CENTER SP VB- Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1293
SHORT [U1293] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to battery is shorted.
circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136733

1.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN BOSE AMP. AND MICROPHONE FOR AUDIOPILOT® CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BOSE amp. connector and microphone for AudioPilot® connector.
3. Check continuity between BOSE amp. harness connector and microphone for AudioPilot® harness con-
nector.

BOSE amp. Microphone for AudioPilot®


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
31 81
B41 B617 Existed
11 82
4. Check continuity between BOSE amp. harness connector and ground.

BOSE amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
31
B41 Not existed
11
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE amp. connector and microphone for AudioPilot® connector.
2. Check signal between BOSE amp. harness connector.

Revision: 2010 March AV-232 2009 G37 Convertible


U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AUDIOPILOT™ MICROPHONE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+) (−) A
BOSE amp. BOSE amp. Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B

When inputting C
B41 31 B41 11
noise.

D
PKIA2104E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace BOSE amp. E
NO >> Replace microphone for AudioPilot® .

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-233 2009 G37 Convertible


U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004929346

U1300 is indicated when malfunction occurs in communication signal of multi AV system. Indicated simulta-
neously, without fail, with the malfunction of control units connected to AV control unit with communication line.
Determine the possible malfunction cause from the table below.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM

Display contents of Possible malfunction factor/Action to


DTC Description
CONSULT-III take
• Multifunction switch power supply and ground circuit
• Multifunction switch power supply
• AV COMM CIRCUIT malfunction is detected.
and ground circuit.
U1300 [U1300] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit
• AV communication circuit between
U1240 • SWITCH CONN between AV control unit and multifunction switch.
AV control unit and multifunction
[U1240] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal
switch.
between AV control unit and multifunction switch.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
U1300 BOSE amp. power supply and ground circuits are mal- BOSE amp. power supply and ground
[U1300]
U124E functioning. circuits.
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
U1300 [U1300] Camera control unit power supply and ground circuits Camera control unit power supply and
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN malfunction is detected. ground circuits.
CONN [U1252]
• iPod adapter power supply and ground circuit malfunc-
• iPod adapter power supply and
tion is detected.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT ground circuit.
U1300 • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit
[U1300] • AV communication circuit between
U1254 between multifunction switch and iPod adapter.
• IPOD CONN [U1254] multifunction switch and iPod adapt-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal
er.
between AV control unit and iPod adapter.
• TEL adapter unit power supply and ground circuit mal-
• TEL adapter unit power supply and
function is detected.
ground circuit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit
• AV communication circuit between
U1300 [U1300] between BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
U1256 • HAND FREE CONN • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit
• AV communication circuit between
[U1256] between camera control unit and TEL adapter unit.
camera control unit and TEL adapter
• Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal
unit.
between AV control unit and TEL adapter unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300]
U1300
• REAR CAMERA LAN Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit be- AV communication circuit between
U1252
CONN [U1252] tween BOSE amp. and camera control unit. BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
U1246
• HAND FREE CONN
[U1256]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300]
U1300
• REAR CAMERA LAN
U1252 Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit be- AV communication circuit between
CONN [U1252]
U1256 tween iPod adapter and BOSE amp. iPod adapter and BOSE amp.
• HAND FREE CONN
U124E
[U1256]
• AMP CONN [U124E]

Revision: 2010 March AV-234 2009 G37 Convertible


U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Display contents of Possible malfunction factor/Action to
DTC Description
CONSULT-III take A
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300]
U1300
• REAR CAMERA LAN B
U1252
CONN [U1252] Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit be- AV communication circuit between AV
U1254
• IPOD CONN [U1254] tween AV control unit and iPod adapter. control unit and iPod adapter.
U1256
• HAND FREE CONN
U124E
[U1256] C
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300] D
U1300 • SWITCH CONN
U1240 [U1240]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit be- AV communication circuit between AV
U1254 CONN [U1252] tween AV control unit and multifunction switch. control unit and multifunction switch. E
U1256 • IPOD CONN [U1254]
U124E • HAND FREE CONN
[U1256]
• AMP CONN [U124E] F

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-235 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AV CONTROL UNIT
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129693

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Ignition switch ON or START 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
M81 19
Battery power supply 22 OFF Battery voltage
M82
24
M81 7
ACC power supply ACC Battery voltage
M82 25
Ignition signal M85 104 ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between AV control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connectors.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
8
M81 17
Ground OFF Existed
20
M85 85
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129790

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (DISPLAY SIDE)


Check voltage between display unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-236 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.) A
Inverter VCC 2
M71 ACC 9.0 V
Signal VCC 3
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
C
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUITY)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the harness connector between display unit and AV control unit. D
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector M71 and AV control unit harness connector
M83.
E
Signal name Display unit (M71) AV control unit (M83) Continuity
Inverter VCC 2 59 Existed
Signal VCC 3 47 Existed F
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector M71 and ground.

Signal name Display unit (M71) — Continuity G


Inverter VCC 2 Ground Not existed
Signal VCC 3 Ground Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE)
1. Connect the AV control unit harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ACC. J
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
K
Inverter VCC 59
M83 ACC 9V
Signal VCC 47
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replacement of AV control unit.
M
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector. AV
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connectors and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
O
Ground M71 1 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129695

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Revision: 2010 March AV-237 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Power source Fuse No.


Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
ACC power supply M72 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between multifunction switch and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M72 1 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129696

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply B241 32 OFF Battery voltage
ACC power supply B241 30 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between camera control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-238 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity A
Ground B241 31 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
B
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
C
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371613

1.CHECK FUSE D
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No. E


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
G
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.
H
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply B236 12 OFF Battery voltage
I
ACC power supply B236 16 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Check harness between satellite radio tuner and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner.
3. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.
L
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground B236 15 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
BOSE AMP. AV

BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129697

O
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
P
Power source Fuse No.
Battery 5, 8
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.

Revision: 2010 March AV-239 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Check voltage between BOSE amp. harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
50
Battery power supply B42 OFF Battery voltage
51
ACC power supply B41 16 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between BOSE amp. and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BOSE amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between BOSE amp. harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
47
Ground B42 OFF Existed
52
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
iPod ADAPTER
iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129698

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between iPod adapter harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply M111 5 OFF Battery voltage
ACC power supply M111 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check harness between iPod adapter and fuse.
TEL ADAPTER UNIT
TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129741

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Revision: 2010 March AV-240 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Power source Fuse No. A


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Ignition switch ON or START 3
B

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between TEL adapter unit harness connector and ground. D

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply B237 1 OFF Battery voltage E
ACC power supply B237 2 ACC Battery voltage
Ignition signal B237 3 ON Battery voltage
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between TEL adapter unit and fuse. G
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TEL adapter unit connector. H
3. Check continuity between TEL adapter unit harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity I
Ground B237 4, 14, 19 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-241 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129699

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129700

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 17 M83 40 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 17 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M71 17 Ground
selecting “Color Spec-
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2238J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-242 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129701

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129702

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector. D

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 6 M83 39 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground. F

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M71 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground. J

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal

L
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M71 6 Ground
selecting “Color Spec- M
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2236J
AV
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O

Revision: 2010 March AV-243 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129703

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129704

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 18 M83 38 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 18 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M71 18 Ground
selecting “Color Spec-
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2237J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-244 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129705

Transmit the RGB synchronizing signal to the display unit so as to synchronize the RGB image displayed with B
AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129706

C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 19 M83 41 Existed
F
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 19 Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+) K
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal
L

M
M71 19 Ground

AV
SKIB3603E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit. O
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-245 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129707

Transmits the display area of RGB image displayed by AV control unit with RGB area (YS) signal to display
unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129708

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 9 M83 43 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 9 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Reference value
Display unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
At RGB image is displayed. 5.0 V

M71 9 Ground At rear view camera image


is displayed.

PKIB4948J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-246 2009 G37 Convertible


HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129709

In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon- B
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129710 C

1.CHECK CONTINUITY HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
E
Display unit AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 8 M83 45 Existed F

4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.


G
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 8 Not existed H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. I

2.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL


1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.
K
(+)
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal L

M
M71 8 Ground

AV
SKIB3601E

Is the inspection result normal?


O
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace display unit.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-247 2009 G37 Convertible


VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129711

In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon-
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129712

1.CHECK CONTINUITY VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 20 M83 57 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 20 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal

M71 20 Ground

SKIB3598E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace display unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-248 2009 G37 Convertible


AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129795

• Transmits the image signal of AUX device from auxiliary input jacks to AV control unit. B
• AV control unit transmits the image signal that is inputted to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129796

C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AUX INPUT JACKS AND AV CONTROL UNIT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect auxiliary input jacks connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Auxiliary input jacks AV control unit E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M154*1
7 M84 66 Existed F
M362*2
• *1: A/T models
• *2: M/T models G
4. Check continuity between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and ground.

Auxiliary input jacks H


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
M154*1 I
7 Not existed
M362*2
• *1: A/T models
• *2: M/T models J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. K

2.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL (AUX INPUT JACKS TO AV CONTROL UNIT)


1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and ground.
M
(+)
Auxiliary input jacks (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal AV
M154*1

O
7 Ground At AUX image displayed.
M362*2
P
SKIB2251J

• *1: A/T models


• *2: M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check that there is no malfunction in the external device.

Revision: 2010 March AV-249 2009 G37 Convertible


COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129814

AV control unit that inputs the camera image signal and AUX image signal transmits the composite image sig-
nal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129816

1.CHECK CONTINUITY COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and display unit harness connector.

AV control unit Display unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
36 15
M83 M71 Existed
37 4
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 15 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector using an oscilloscope.

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Signal
Connector Terminal

M71 15 Ground When camera image is displayed.

SKIB2251J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-250 2009 G37 Convertible


CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129799

TEL adapter unit identifies the vehicle model according to the control signal and performs the control. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129800

1.CHECK CONTINUITY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TEL adapter unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TEL adapter unit harness connector and ground. D

TEL adapter unit


Continuity E
Connector Terminals
20
Ground
22 F
B237 Existed
23
24
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace TEL adapter unit.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-251 2009 G37 Convertible


DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000005129715

The eject signal is output to AV control unit when the eject switch of multifunction switch is pressed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129716

1.CHECK CONTINUITY CD EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Multifunction switch AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M72 14 M85 103 Existed
4. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Multifunction switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M72 14 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
AV control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Pressing the eject switch 0V
M85 103 Ground
Except for above 3.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace preset switch.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-252 2009 G37 Convertible


MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129810

Supply power from TEL adapter unit to microphone. The microphone transmits the sound/voice to the micro- B
phone.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129811

C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN TEL ADAPTER UNIT AND MICROPHONE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TEL adapter unit connector and microphone connector. D
3. Check continuity between TEL adapter unit harness connector and microphone harness connector.

TEL adapter unit Microphone E


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
7 1
F
B237 8 R7 2 Existed
29 4
4. Check continuity between TEL adapter unit harness connector and ground. G

TEL adapter unit


Continuity H
Connector Terminals
Ground
7
M237 Not existed
29 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. J
2.CHECK VOLTAGE MICROPHONE VCC
1. Connect TEL adapter unit connector.
K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between TEL adapter unit harness connector.

L
(+) (−)
Voltage
TEL adapter unit TEL adapter unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
B237 29 B237 8 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. AV
NO >> Replace TEL adapter unit.
3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL O
1. Connect microphone connector.
2. Check signal between TEL adapter unit harness connector.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-253 2009 G37 Convertible


MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+) (−)
TEL adapter unit TEL adapter unit Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

B237 7 B237 8 give a voice.

PKIB5037J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace TEL adapter unit.
NO >> Replace microphone.

Revision: 2010 March AV-254 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA
A
CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000005129719
B
• Camera control unit outputs camera power supply to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image
signal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the dis- C
play unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129720

D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector. E
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and rear view camera harness connec-
tor.
F
Camera control unit Rear view camera
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
B241 8 B311 1 Existed
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B241 8 Not existed I
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
1. Connect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Shift position is “R”.
4. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground. L

(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
M
Connector Terminal
B241 8 Ground Shift position is “R”. 6.0 V
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
O
3.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector. P
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and rear view camera harness connec-
tor.

Camera control unit Rear view camera


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B241 6 B311 3 Existed

Revision: 2010 March AV-255 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B241 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Shift position is “R”.
4. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

At rear view camera im-


B241 6 Ground
age is displayed.

SKIB2251J

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace camera control unit.
NO >> Replace rear view camera.

Revision: 2010 March AV-256 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO AV CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO AV
A
CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000005129812
B
• Camera control unit outputs camera power supply to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image
signal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the AV C
control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129813

D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and AV control unit connector. E
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Camera control unit AV control unit F


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
12 65
B241 M84 Existed G
11 64
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
I
B241 12 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector and AV control unit connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.
L
(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Signal
M
Connector Terminal

AV
Shift the selector lever to “R” posi-
B241 12 Ground
tion.
O

SKIB2251J

Is the inspection result normal? P


YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-257 2009 G37 Convertible


COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)
Description INFOID:0000000005129742

Satellite radio tuner and AV control unit are connected with a serial communication. They transmit the opera-
tion signal from AV control unit to satellite radio tuner, and transmit the display signal from satellite radio tuner
to AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129743

1.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Satellite radio tuner AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
9 29
B236 M82 Existed
10 30
4. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

Satellite radio tuner


Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
9
B236 Not existed
10
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

(+)
Satellite radio tuner (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

When satellite radio mode is


B236 9 Ground
selected.

SKIA9300J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner.
3.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-258 2009 G37 Convertible


COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+) A
Satellite radio tuner (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
B

When satellite radio mode is C


B236 10 Ground
selected.

D
SKIA9301J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace satellite radio tuner. E
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-259 2009 G37 Convertible


REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT→CONT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT→CONT)
Description INFOID:0000000005129744

Request signal transmits the signal to recognize the connection of satellite radio tuner from satellite radio
tuner to AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129745

1.CHECK CONTINUITY REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Satellite radio tuner AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B236 8 M82 28 Existed
4. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

Satellite radio tuner


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B236 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector and ground.

(+)
Satellite radio tuner (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

When satellite radio mode is


B236 8 Ground
selected.

SKIA9299J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace satellite radio tuner.

Revision: 2010 March AV-260 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129725

• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to B
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed C
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129726
D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.
F
Camera control unit Steering angle sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
G
23 3
B241 M37 Existed
24 4
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground. H

Camera control unit


Continuity I
Connector Terminals
Ground
23
B241 Not existed
24 J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. K
2.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
1. Connect camera control unit connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
M
(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals AV
23
B241 Ground 5.0 V
24
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
P
3.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
1. Connect steering angle sensor connector.
2. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-261 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals

Turn the steering to the right

SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
B241 23, 24 Ground

Turn the steering to the left

SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.

Revision: 2010 March AV-262 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129727

• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to B
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed C
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129728
D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.
F
Camera control unit Steering angle sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
G
B241 25 M37 5 Existed
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals Ground
I
B241 25 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 3
K
1. Connect camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
L
(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.) M
Connector Terminals
B241 25 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 3 O

1. Connect steering angle sensor connector.


2. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-263 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals

Turn the steering around the


B241 25 Ground
neutral position

SKIB3829E

A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.

Revision: 2010 March AV-264 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129818

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129819

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT C


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.
D
AV control unit Spiral cable
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
M81 6 M36 24 Existed
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
F
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
G
M81 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.
L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
M81 6 M81 15 3.3 V
Is the inspection result normal? AV
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-265, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005129820

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.

Revision: 2010 March AV-265 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and 17
switch ON : Approx. 716 – 730 Ω
MENU DOWN switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
SOURCE switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Between terminals 15 and 17


switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω JSNIA0216GB

VOL UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω


VOL DOWN switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Revision: 2010 March AV-266 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129828

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129822

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT C


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.
D
AV control unit Spiral cable
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
M81 16 M36 31 Existed
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
F
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
G
M81 16 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.
L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
M81 16 M81 15 3.3 V
Is the inspection result normal? A V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-267, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005129829

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.

Revision: 2010 March AV-267 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and 17
switch ON : Approx. 716 – 730 Ω
MENU DOWN switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
SOURCE switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Between terminals 15 and 17


switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω JSNIA0216GB

VOL UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω


VOL DOWN switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Revision: 2010 March AV-268 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000005129830

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129825

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT C


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.
D
AV control unit Spiral cable
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
M81 15 M36 33 Existed
3. Connect AV control unit connector.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE G

Check spiral cable.


Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT I
1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
J
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
K
M81 15 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-269, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
AV
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005129831 O

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-269 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and 17
switch ON : Approx. 716 – 730 Ω
MENU DOWN switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω
SOURCE switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Between terminals 15 and 17


switch ON : Approx. 318 – 324 Ω JSNIA0216GB

VOL UP switch ON : Approx. 120 – 122 Ω


VOL DOWN switch ON : Approx. 0 Ω

Revision: 2010 March AV-270 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


AV CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000005128545
B

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM C
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

Ignition switch Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH) On


VHCL SPD SIG D
ON Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH) Off

Ignition switch Parking brake is applied. On


PKB SIG
ON Parking brake is released. Off
E
Ignition switch Light switch ON On
ILLUM SIG
ON Light switch OFF Off
Ignition switch F
— On
ON
IGN SIG
Ignition switch
— Off
ACC G
Ignition switch Selector lever in R position On
REV SIG
ON Selector lever in any position other than R Off
H
TERMINAL LAYOUT

K
JPNIA0009ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
L
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) M
+ – Signal name
Output
Keep pressing SOURCE
0V
switch. AV
Keep pressing switch. 0.7 V
Ignition
6 15
Steering switch signal A Input switch Keep pressing switch. 1.3 V
(P) (B) O
ON
Keep pressing 2.0 V
switch
Except for above. 3.3 V P
Ignition
7
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
Ignition
8
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON

Revision: 2010 March AV-271 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition Lighting switch is OFF. 0V
9
Ground Illumination signal Input switch
(L) Lighting switch is ON. 12.0 V
OFF
Keep pressing VOL DOWN
0V
switch.
Ignition Keep pressing VOL UP
16 15 0.7 V
Steering switch signal B Input switch switch.
(L) (B)
ON
Keep pressing switch. 1.3 V

Except for above. 3.3 V


Ignition
17
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
19
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
20
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON

Ignition
22 21 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Input switch
(B) (W) LH is selected.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
24 23 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Input switch
(G) (R) RH is selected.
ON

SKIB3609E

25 — Shield — — — —
26 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
28 Request signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Input switch
(P) (SAT→CONT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9299J

Ignition
29 Communication signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Input switch
(G) (SAT→CONT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9300J

Revision: 2010 March AV-272 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
30 Communication signal When satellite radio mode C
Ground Output switch
(L) (CONT→SAT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9301J D
34 — AM–FM main Input — — —
Ignition
35 Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Output switch — 12.0 V
E
ACC

F
Ignition
36 At camera image is dis-
Ground Composite image signal Output switch
(SB) played.
ON G

SKIB2251J
H
Ignition
37
Ground Composite image ground — switch — 0V
(V)
ON
I
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
38 play color bar by selecting J
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Output switch
(P) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J K

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis- L
Ignition
39 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Output switch
(L) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
M
SKIB2236J

AV
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
40 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Output switch
(G) “Color Spectrum Bar” on O
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-273 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
41
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output switch —
(W)
ON

SKIB3603E

42 — Shield — — — —
At RGB image is displayed. 5.0 V

Ignition
43
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output switch
(B) At AUX image is displayed.
ON

PKIB4948J

Ignition
44 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(L) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON

PKIB5039J

Ignition
45 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Input switch —
(R) (HP) signal
ON

SKIB3601E

Ignition
46
Ground Signal ground — switch — 0V
(LG)
ON
Ignition
47
Ground Signal VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(O)
ACC

Ignition
48 Composite synchronizing When camera image is dis-
Ground Output switch
(BR) signal played.
ON

SKIB0825E

49
— Shield — — — —
(Y)
50 — Shield — — — —
55 — Shield — — — —

Revision: 2010 March AV-274 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
56 Communication signal When adjusting display C
Ground Output switch
(P) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON

PKIB5039J D

E
Ignition
57 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Input switch —
(G) signal
ON
F
SKIB3598E

Ignition
58 G
Ground Inverter ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
Ignition
59 H
Ground Inverter VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(Y)
ACC
64 — Shield — — — —
I

Ignition
65 At camera image is dis- J
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(W) played.
ON

SKIB2251J K

L
Ignition
66
Ground AUX image signal Input switch At AUX image is displayed.
(G)
ON
M
SKIB2251J

Connected to camera con-


Ignition trol unit connector.
0V AV
68 Camera connection recog-
Ground Input switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V
control unit connector.
O
73
— Shield — — — —
(B)
Ignition
74 P
Ground AUX image signal ground — switch — 0V
(R)
ON

Revision: 2010 March AV-275 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition During voice guide output


80 79
TEL voice signal Input switch
(L) (P) with the switch pressed.
ON

SKIB3609E

81 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
83 82 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal RH Input switch
(B) (G) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
85
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
86 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output
87 Input/
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output
88 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(G) (H) Output
89 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
90 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(SB) (H) Output
91 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(Y) (L) Output

Ignition
95 When AUX mode is select-
Ground AUX sound signal RH Input switch
(R) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
96 When AUX mode is select-
Ground AUX sound signal LH Input switch
(W) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
97
Ground AUX sound signal ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON

Revision: 2010 March AV-276 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
99 98 When iPod mode is select- C
iPod sound signal LH Input switch
(R) (W) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E D
100 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
101
Ground Switch ground — switch — 0V
E
(BR)
ON

103 Pressing the eject switch. 0V


Ground Disk eject signal Input — F
(SB) Except for above 3.3 V
Ignition
104
Ground Ignition signal Input switch — Battery voltage
(G) G
ON
Ignition R position 12.0 V
105
Ground Reverse signal Input switch
(O) Other than R position 0V
ON H
Parking brake ON 0V

I
Ignition
106
Ground Parking brake signal Input switch
(SB) Parking brake OFF
ON
J

JSNIA0007GB
K
NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12.0 V
due to specifications (connected
units). L
Ignition
107 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(GR) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON
M

SKIA6649J AV

Ignition O
109 115
Sound signal front RH Output switch Sound output
(R) (G)
ON
P
SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-277 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
111 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
113 119
Sound signal front LH Output switch Sound output
(P) (L)
ON

SKIB3609E

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004371653

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-278 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2413GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-279 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2414GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-280 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2415GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-281 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2416GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-282 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2417GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-283 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2418GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-284 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2419GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-285 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2420GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-286 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2421GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-287 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2422GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-288 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2423GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-289 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2424GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-290 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2425GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-291 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2426GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-292 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2427GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-293 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2428GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-294 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2429GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-295 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2430GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-296 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2431GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-297 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2432GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-298 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2433GB

P
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004371654

SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM

Revision: 2010 March AV-299 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

DTC Display item Refer to


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] AV-210, "DTC Logic"
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010] AV-211, "DTC Logic"
U1310 CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310] AV-212, "DTC Logic"
U1200 Cont Unit FLASH-ROM [U1200] AV-213, "DTC Logic"
U1216 CAN CONT [U1216] AV-214, "DTC Logic"
U1231 AMP TEMP [U1231] AV-215, "DTC Logic"
U1243 FRONT DISP CONN [U1243] AV-216, "DTC Logic"
U1250 CAMERA CONT CONN [U1250] AV-218, "DTC Logic"
U1255 SAT CONN [U1255] AV-219, "DTC Logic"
U1260 CENTER SP OPEN [U1260] AV-221, "DTC Logic"
U1261 CENTER SP SHORT [U1261] AV-221, "DTC Logic"
U1262 CENTER SP GND-SHORT [U1262] AV-221, "DTC Logic"
U1263 CENTER SP VB-SHORT [U1263] AV-221, "DTC Logic"
U1264 FR-DOOR SP OPEN [U1264] AV-222, "DTC Logic"
U1265 FR-DOOR SP SHORT [U1265] AV-222, "DTC Logic"
U1266 FR-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U1266] AV-222, "DTC Logic"
U1267 FR-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U1267] AV-222, "DTC Logic"
U1268 RR-SP/FR-WOOFER OPEN [U1268] AV-223, "DTC Logic"
U1269 RR-SP/FR-WOOFER SHORT [U1269] AV-223, "DTC Logic"
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER GND-SHORT
U126A AV-223, "DTC Logic"
[U126A]
U126B RR-SP/FR-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U126B] AV-223, "DTC Logic"
U126C RR-SURROUND SP OPEN [U126C] AV-224, "DTC Logic"
U126D RR-SURROUND SP SHORT [U126D] AV-224, "DTC Logic"
RR-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT
U126E AV-224, "DTC Logic"
[U126E]
U126F RR-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U126F] AV-224, "DTC Logic"
U1274 RL-SURROUND SP OPEN [U1274] AV-225, "DTC Logic"
U1275 RL-SURROUND SP SHORT [U1275] AV-225, "DTC Logic"
U1276 RL-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT [U1276] AV-225, "DTC Logic"
U1277 RL-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U1277] AV-225, "DTC Logic"
U1278 RL-SP/FL-WOOFER OPEN [U1278] AV-226, "DTC Logic"
U1279 RL-SP/FL-WOOFER SHORT [U1279] AV-226, "DTC Logic"
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER GND-SHORT
U127A AV-226, "DTC Logic"
[U127A]
U127B RL-SP/FL-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U127B] AV-226, "DTC Logic"
U127C FL-DOOR SP OPEN [U127C] AV-227, "DTC Logic"
U127D FL-DOOR SP SHORT [U127D] AV-227, "DTC Logic"
U127E FL-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U127E] AV-227, "DTC Logic"
U127F FL-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U127F] AV-227, "DTC Logic"
U1280 FL-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1280] AV-228, "DTC Logic"
U1281 FL-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1281] AV-228, "DTC Logic"
U1282 FL-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U1282] AV-228, "DTC Logic"
U1283 FL-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U1283] AV-228, "DTC Logic"

Revision: 2010 March AV-300 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DTC Display item Refer to
A
U1284 FL-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U1284] AV-229, "DTC Logic"
U1285 FL-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U1285] AV-229, "DTC Logic"
U1286 FL-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U1286] AV-229, "DTC Logic" B
U1287 FL-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U1287] AV-229, "DTC Logic"
U1288 FR-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1288] AV-230, "DTC Logic"
U1289 FR-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1289] AV-230, "DTC Logic" C
U128A FR-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U128A] AV-230, "DTC Logic"
U128B FR-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U128B] AV-230, "DTC Logic"
D
U128C FR-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U128C] AV-231, "DTC Logic"
U128D FR-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U128D] AV-231, "DTC Logic"
U128E FR-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U128E] AV-231, "DTC Logic" E
U128F FR-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U128F] AV-231, "DTC Logic"
U1290 CORRECT MICRO OPEN [U1290] AV-232, "DTC Logic"
F
U1291 CORRECT MICRO SHORT [U1291] AV-232, "DTC Logic"
U1292 CORRECT MICRO GND-SHORT [U1292] AV-232, "DTC Logic"
U1293 CORRECT MICRO VB-SHORT [U1293] AV-232, "DTC Logic" G
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-234, "Description"
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] H
AV-234, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-234, "Description"
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] I
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-234, "Description"
U1254 • IPOD CONN [U1254]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] J
AV-234, "Description"
U1256 • HAND FREE CONN [U1256]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] AV-234, "Description" K
U1256 • HAND FREE CONN [U1256]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
U1256 • HAND FREE CONN [U1256]
AV-234, "Description" L
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] M
U1254 • IPOD CONN [U1254] AV-234, "Description"
U1256 • HAND FREE CONN [U1256]
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
AV
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
AV-234, "Description"
U1254 • IPOD CONN [U1254] O
U1256 • HAND FREE CONN [U1256]
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]

Revision: 2010 March AV-301 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004929170

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JPNIA0006ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
2
Ground Inverter VCC Input switch — 9.0 V
(Y)
ACC
Ignition
3
Ground Signal VCC Input switch — 9.0 V
(O)
ACC
5
— Shield — — — —
(Y)

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
6 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Input switch
(L) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J

7 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
8 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Output switch —
(R) (HP) signal
ON

SKIB3601E

Revision: 2010 March AV-302 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
At RGB image is displayed. 5.0 V B

9
Ignition C
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input switch At rear view camera image
(B)
ON is displayed.
D
PKIB4948J

Ignition
11 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(P) (CONT→DISP) brightness. F
ON

PKIB5039J
G
Ignition
13
Ground Inverter ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
H
Ignition
14
Ground Signal ground — switch — 0V
(LG)
ON
I

Ignition
15 4 At camera image is dis- J
Composite image signal Input switch
(SB) (V) played.
ON

SKIB2251J K

L
Ignition
16 Composite synchronizing When camera image is dis-
Ground Input switch
(BR) signal played.
ON
M
SKIB0825E

AV
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
17 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Input switch
(G) “Color Spectrum Bar” on O
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-303 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
18 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Input switch
(P) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J

Ignition
19
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input switch —
(W)
ON

JPNIA0461GB

Ignition
20 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Output switch —
(G) signal
ON

SKIB3598E

21 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
22 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(L) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON

PKIB5039J

23 — Shield — — — —

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928943

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-304 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2413GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-305 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2414GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-306 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2415GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-307 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2416GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-308 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2417GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-309 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2418GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-310 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2419GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-311 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2420GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-312 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2421GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-313 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2422GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-314 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2423GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-315 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2424GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-316 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2425GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-317 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2426GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-318 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2427GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-319 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2428GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-320 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2429GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-321 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2430GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-322 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2431GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-323 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2432GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-324 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2433GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-325 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004929171

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSNIA0987ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
14 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
15 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
Ignition
16
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — 12.0 V
(W)
ACC

Ignition
29 9
Sound signal LH Input switch Sound output
(P) (L)
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
30 10
Sound signal RH Input switch Sound output
(R) (G)
ON

SKIB3609E

Microphone signal Ignition


31 11
Input switch When inputting noise.
(Y) (G) (for AudioPilot®) ON

PKIA2104E

Revision: 2010 March AV-326 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
32 12 When inputting voice guid- C
Voice guidance signal Input switch
(V) (SB) ance.
ON

SKIB3609E D
33 — Shield — — — —
34 AV communication signal Input/
(G)

(H) Output
— — — E
35 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
F
Ignition Retractable hard top is fully
40 13.0 V
Ground Roof status signal (audio) Input switch closed.
(V)
ON Other than above. 0V
G

Ignition H
41 42 Sound signal door woofer
Output switch Sound output
(B) (W) LH
ON

I
SKIB3609E

J
Ignition
45 46 Sound signal door woofer
Output switch Sound output
(G) (R) RH
ON
K

SKIB3609E

47
Ignition L
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
50 M
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
51 AV
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(GR)
OFF
Ignition
52
(B)
Ground Ground — switch — 0V O
ON

P
Ignition
54 49 Sound signal rear woofer
Output switch Sound output
(L) (P) LH
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-327 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
56 69 Sound signal front RH
Output switch Sound output
(W) (B) headrest LH
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
57 58 Sound signal center speak-
Output switch Sound output
(O) (P) er
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
59 72
Sound signal front LH Input switch Sound output
(P) (W)
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
62 73
Sound signal front RH Input switch Sound output
(V) (LG)
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
63 74 Sound signal front LH
Input switch Sound output
(G) (Y) headrest LH
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
64 75 Sound signal front LH
Input switch Sound output
(W) (B) headrest RH
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-328 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
68 55 Sound signal rear woofer C
Output switch Sound output
(LG) (O) RH
ON

SKIB3609E D

E
Ignition
71 70 Sound signal front RH
Input switch Sound output
(Y) (G) headrest RH
ON
F
SKIB3609E

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928944 G

NOTE:
H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-329 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.

JCNWA2413GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-330 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2414GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-331 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2415GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-332 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2416GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-333 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2417GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-334 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2418GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-335 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2419GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-336 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2420GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-337 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2421GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-338 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2422GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-339 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2423GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-340 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2424GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-341 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2425GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-342 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2426GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-343 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2427GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-344 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2428GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-345 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2429GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-346 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2430GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-347 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2431GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-348 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2432GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-349 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2433GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-350 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
IPOD ADAPTER
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004929172

TERMINAL LAYOUT B

JSNIA0618ZZ E

PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) G
+ – Signal name
Output

H
Ignition
1 13 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal LH Output switch
(R) (W) ed.
ON I

SKIB3609E

Ignition
2 14 When iPod mode is select- K
iPod sound signal RH Output switch
(B) (G) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E
L
Ignition
3
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC M
4 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
Ignition AV
5
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition O
8
(W)
Ground iPod battery charge Output switch Connected to iPod®. 12.0 V
ON

Revision: 2010 March AV-351 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE:
After the wave pattern display,
the value continues Approx 3.3 V

Communication signal Ignition The wave pattern is dis-


9
Ground Output switch played just after iPod con-
(P) (iPod adapter→iPod®) ON nection.

JPNIA0462GB

Communication signal Ignition


10
Ground ® Input switch Connected to iPod®.
(L) (iPod →iPod adapter) ON

JPNIA0462GB

Ignition
11
(O)
Ground ACCESSORY IDENTIFY — switch Connected to iPod®. 0V
ON

Ignition
12 14 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal RH Input switch
(W) (G) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

15 — Shield — — — —
16 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(G) (H) Output
Ignition
17
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
19 — Shield — — — —
Ignition Not connected to iPod®. 4.0 V
21 iPod connection recogni-
Ground Input switch
(W) tion signal
ON Connected to iPod®. 0V

Ignition
22
(G)
Ground ACCESSORY DETECT — switch Connected to iPod®. 0V
ON
Ignition
23
Ground iPod sound signal ground — switch — 0V
(R)
ON

Ignition
24 13 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal LH Input switch
(B) (W) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-352 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928946

A
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. B

AV

JCNWA2413GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-353 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2414GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-354 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2415GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-355 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2416GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-356 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2417GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-357 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2418GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-358 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2419GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-359 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2420GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-360 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2421GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-361 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2422GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-362 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2423GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-363 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2424GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-364 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2425GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-365 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2426GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-366 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2427GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-367 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2428GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-368 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2429GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-369 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2430GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-370 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2431GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-371 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2432GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-372 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2433GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-373 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371663

JPNIA0010ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal Description
Reference value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

Ignition
2 1 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Output switch
(R) (G) LH is selected.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
4 3 Satellite radio sound signal When satellite radio mode
Output switch
(B) (W) RH is selected
ON

SKIB3609E

5 — Shield — — — —
6 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
8 Request signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Output switch
(Y) (SAT→CONT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9299J

Ignition
9 Communication signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Output switch
(O) (SAT→CONT) is selected.
ON

SKIA9300J

Revision: 2010 March AV-374 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal Description
Reference value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

Ignition
10 Communication signal When satellite radio mode
Ground Input switch
(BR) (CONT→SAT) is selected. C
ON

SKIA9301J
D
Ignition
12
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(SB)
OFF
Ignition
E
15
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition F
16
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
33 — Satellite antenna Input — — — G
34 — Shield — — — —

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928947


H
NOTE:
I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-375 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.

JCNWA2413GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-376 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2414GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-377 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2415GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-378 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2416GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-379 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2417GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-380 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2418GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-381 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2419GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-382 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2420GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-383 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2421GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-384 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2422GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-385 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2423GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-386 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2424GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-387 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2425GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-388 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2426GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-389 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2427GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-390 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2428GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-391 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2429GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-392 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2430GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-393 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2431GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-394 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2432GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-395 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2433GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-396 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
TEL ADAPTER UNIT
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371665

JPNIA0011ZZ E

PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) G
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage H
(GR)
OFF
Ignition
2
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(LG) I
ACC
Ignition
3
Ground Ignition signal Input switch — Battery voltage
(O) J
ON
Ignition
4
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON K
5 — Shield — — — —
6 — Shield — — — —
L

Ignition
7 8 M
Microphone signal Input switch Give a voice
(B) (R)
ON

AV
PKIB5037J

O
Ignition During voice guide output
9 10
TEL voice signal Output switch with the switch
(Y) (G)
ON pressed.
P

SKIB3609E

Ignition
14
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON

Revision: 2010 March AV-397 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
19
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
20
Ground Control signal Input switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
22
Ground Control signal Input switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
23
Ground Control signal Input switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
24
Ground Control signal Input switch — 0V
(B)
ON
NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12.0 V
due to specifications (connected
units).
Ignition
28 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(P) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25MPH)
ON

SKIA6649J

Ignition
29 8
Microphone VCC Output switch — 5.0 V
(W) (R)
ON
33 — TEL antenna Input — — —
34 — Shield — — — —
35 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
36 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928948

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-398 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2413GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-399 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2414GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-400 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2415GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-401 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2416GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-402 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2417GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-403 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2418GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-404 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2419GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-405 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2420GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-406 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2421GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-407 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2422GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-408 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2423GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-409 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2424GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-410 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2425GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-411 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2426GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-412 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2427GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-413 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2428GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-414 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2429GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-415 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2430GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-416 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2431GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-417 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2432GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-418 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2433GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-419 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004929173

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JPNIA0007ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
5 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
6 At rear view camera image
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(B) is displayed.
ON

SKIB2251J

Ignition
7
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON
Ignition R position 6.0 V
8
Ground Camera power supply Output switch
(R) Other than R position 0V
ON
11 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
12 At rear view camera image
Ground Camera image signal Output switch
(W) is displayed.
ON

SKIB2251J

Connected to camera con-


Ignition 0V
14 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector.
Ground Output switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V
control unit connector.
17 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
18 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
19 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output

Revision: 2010 March AV-420 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
20 AV communication signal Input/ B
— — — —
(G) (H) Output
Ignition R position 12.0 V
22
Ground Reverse signal Input switch C
(GR) Other than R position 0V
ON

Turn the steering to the


right. E

SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition F
23 B: Sensor signal 2
Ground Sensor signal 1 Input switch
(L)
ON
G

Turn the steering to the left.


H

SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2 I

Turn the steering to the


right.
K
SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2 L
24
Ground Sensor signal 2 Input switch
(BR)
ON

Turn the steering to the left.


AV
SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2 O

P
Ignition
25 Turn the steering around
Ground Sensor signal 3 Input switch
(O) the neutral position.
ON

SKIB3829E

A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1

Revision: 2010 March AV-421 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12.0 V
due to specifications (connected
units).
Ignition
26 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(V) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON

SKIA6649J

Ignition
30
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(SB)
ACC
Ignition
31
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
32
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004929175

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-422 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2413GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-423 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2414GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-424 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2415GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-425 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2416GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-426 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2417GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-427 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2418GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-428 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2419GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-429 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2420GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-430 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2421GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-431 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2422GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-432 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2423GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-433 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2424GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-434 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2425GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-435 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2426GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-436 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2427GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-437 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2428GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-438 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2429GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-439 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2430GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-440 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2431GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-441 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2432GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-442 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2433GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-443 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000005102722

OPERATION
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom

Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take


• Multifunction switch power supply and ground circuit.
• All switches cannot be operated.
• AV communication circuit between AV control unit and
• “MULTI AV” is displayed on system
multifunction switch.
selection screen when the CON-
Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
SULT-III is started.
Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Multifunction switch and preset • All switches cannot be operated.
AV control unit power supply and ground circuit malfunc-
switch operation does not work. • “MULTI AV” is not displayed on sys-
tion. Refer to AV-236, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis
tem selection screen when the CON-
Procedure".
SULT-III is started.
Multifunction switch or preset switch malfunction. Per-
Only specified switch cannot be operat-
form multifunction switch and preset switch self-diagno-
ed.
sis function. Refer to AV-190, "Diagnosis Description".

RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE


Basic Inspection
• Check that the cellular phone is corresponding type (Bluetooth™ correspond) when the hands-free related
malfunction vehicle is in service before performing a diagnosis.
• There is a case that malfunction occurs due to the version change of the phone type, etc. even though it is a
corresponding type. Therefore, confirm it by changing the cellular phone to another corresponding type
phone, and check that it operates normally. It is necessary to distinguish whether the cause is the vehicle or
cellular phone.

Simple check for Bluetooth™ communication


• If cellular phone and AV control unit cannot be connected with Bluetooth™ communication, following proce-
dure allows the technician to judge which device has malfunction.
1. Turn on a cellular phone, not connecting Bluetooth™ communication.
2. Start CONSULT-III, then start Windows™.
3. Set CONSULT-III near a cellular phone.
4. When operated Bluetooth™ registration by cellular phone, check
if CONSULT-III* would be displayed on the device name.
(If other Bluetooth™ device is located near cellular phone, a
name of the device would be displayed also.)
NOTE:
*:Displayed device name is “NISSAN- ”.
• If no device name is displayed, cellular phone is malfunctioning.
Repair the cellular phone first, then perform diagnosis.
• If CONSULT-III is displayed on device name, cellular phone is nor-
mal. Perform diagnosis as per the following table. JPNIA0441GB

On Board Self-diagnosis of Hands-free Phone System


Always perform the on board self-diagnosis at first after completing the basic inspection when the malfunction
is detected on the hands-free phone system. Narrow down possible causes using the Diagnosis Chart if there
is no malfunction in the on board self-diagnosis.
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom

Revision: 2010 March AV-444 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location A


Does not recognize cellular
phone connection. (No connec- TEL adapter unit malfunction.
Repeat the registration of cellular phone.
tion is displayed on the display Refer to AV-477, "Exploded View".
B
at the guide.)
• Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI
AV)". C
• No malfunction.
Hands-free phone cannot be Both the reception and the speech cannot
TEL adapter unit malfunction.
established. be performed
Refer to AV-477, "Exploded View".
• Malfunction is detected.
D
Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI
AV)".

The operation of the “ ” switch can TEL voice signal circuit malfunction between TEL adapt- E
The other party's voice cannot be performed. er unit and AV control unit.
be heard by hands-free phone.
The operation of the “ ” switch can- Control signal circuit.
not be performed. F
TEL adapter unit.
Originating sound is not heard Sound operation function is normal.
Refer to AV-477, "Exploded View".
by the other party with hands- G
free phone communication. Microphone signal circuit.
Sound operation function does not work.
Refer to AV-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO CAMERA H

Probable malfunction location / Action


Symptoms Check items
to take
I
Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
There is malfunction in the CONSULT-III self-diagno-
It cannot be switched to rear view Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Func-
sis result.
monitor even when the selector le- tion (MULTI AV)".
ver is in the reverse position. J
There is not malfunction in the CONSULT-III self-diag- Reverse signal circuit malfunction.(AV
nosis result. control unit)
• Rear view camera power supply cir-
cuit malfunction. K
• Camera image signal circuit malfunc-
AUX images are normal. tion between camera control unit and
Camera image is not shown. AV control unit.
L
Refer to AV-257, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Composite image signal circuit mal-
AUX images are not displayed. M
function.
“Steer. Angle Sensor” turns ON at “Confirmation/Ad- Sensor signal 3 circuit malfunction.
justment” of on board diagnosis item “Camera Cont.” Refer to AV-263, "Diagnosis Proce-
turns ON. dure". AV
Possible route line is indicated ab- • Sensor signal 1circuit.
normally when camera image is dis- Refer to AV-261, "Diagnosis Proce-
played. “Steer. Angle Sensor” turns ON at “Confirmation/Ad-
dure".
justment” of on board diagnosis item “Camera Cont.” O
• Sensor signal 2 circuit.
does not turns ON.
Refer to AV-261, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
• Horizontal synchronizing (HP) signal P
circuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-247, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
Camera image is rolling. AUX image is rolling
• Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal cir-
cuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-248, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".

Revision: 2010 March AV-445 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RELATED TO RGB IMAGE
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take
There is malfunction in the CONSULT-III Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
RGB image is not shown.
There is no malfunction in CONSULT-III Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal circuit.
self-diagnosis results. Refer to AV-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB signal (R: red) circuit.
Light blue (Cyan) tint.
Refer to AV-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Color of RGB image is not RGB signal (G: green) circuit.
Purple (Magenta) tint.
proper. Refer to AV-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB signal (B: blue) circuit.
Screen looks yellowish.
Refer to AV-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB synchronizing signal circuit.
RGB screen is rolling. —
Refer to AV-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
There is malfunction in the CONSULT-III Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Fuel economy display is mal-
functioning. Ignition signal circuit malfunction.
There is no malfunction in CONSULT-III
Refer to AV-236, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Proce-
self-diagnosis results.
dure".

RELATED TO AUDIO
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take
The disk cannot be removed. — Disk eject signal circuit.
Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
No sound from all speakers.
Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Audio sound is not heard.
Sound is heard only from specific places Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
(RH front, RH rear, LH front and LH rear). Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Perform the following inspection procedure.
1. Check satellite radio antenna (antenna base)
mounting nut for looseness.
NOTE:
“ANTENNA” is not displayed even when
Tightening torque: 6.5 N·m (0.66 kg-m, 58 in-lb.)
the channel is turned to 0 in Satellite ra-
2. Visually check for satellite radio antenna feeder.
dio mode.
3. Replace the satellite radio antenna (antenna base) .
Refer to AV-464, "Exploded View".
4. Replace the satellite radio tuner.
Refer to AV-465, "Exploded View".
Satellite radio is not received.
Perform the following inspection procedure.
1. Check the connection between satellite radio tuner
and antenna feeder.
2. Check the connection between satellite radio anten-
“ANTENNA” is displayed when the chan- na (antenna base) and antenna feeder.
nel is turned to 0 in Satellite radio mode. 3. Check Antenna feeder for open circuit.
4. Replace the satellite radio antenna (antenna base) .
Refer to AV-464, "Exploded View".
5. Replace the satellite radio tuner.
Refer to AV-465, "Exploded View".
The sound of Satellite radio is Satellite radio sound signal circuit between AV control unit
Other audio sounds are normal.
not heard. and satellite radio tuner.
It does not change to Satellite There is malfunction in the CONSULT-III Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
radio mode. self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
• Antenna amp. ON signal circuit.
AM/FM radio is not received. Other audio sounds are normal.
• Antenna feeder.
Sound equalizer is not
— Roof status signal (audio) circuit malfunction.
switched.

Revision: 2010 March AV-446 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RELATED TO iPod®
A
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom
Connect another iPod® and check if the symptom is reproduced or not. If the symptom is reproduced, diag-
nose the vehicle. If no malfunction is detected, replace the iPod harness. B
iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
NOTE:
• It is unable to check that between iPod® and iPod harness. C
• The iPod Touch and iPod Classic may not charge properly in some cases.
• As for iPod released concurrently with and after iPhone 3G (iPod Touch, iPod Nano 4th generation, iPod
Classic 2nd generation, etc.) , 12 V charging circuit is deleted from iPod®. D

Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take


• iPod sound signal circuit between AV control unit and E
The sound of iPod® is not iPod adapter.
Other audio sounds are normal.
heard. • iPod sound signal circuit between iPod® and iPod
adapter.
F
It does not change to iPod There is malfunction in the CONSULT- Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
mode. III self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-203, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
“iPod is not connected” is dis- iPod connection recognition signal circuit between iP-
played when it comes to iPod Connected to iPod®.
G
mode. od® and iPod adapter.

iPod® cannot charge the bat- Not chargeable even when connecting iPod battery charge circuit between iPod® and iPod
tery. other iPod®. Refer to above. adapter. H
The title of music file in the iP-
od® is not indicated.
— Communication circuit between iPod® and iPod adapter. I
Accessing the iPod® is un-
available from the vehicle.

RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH J


Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Probable malfunction location
K
Steering switch signal GND circuit.
None of the steering switch operations work.
Refer to AV-269, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Only specified switch cannot be operated. Steering switch. Refer to AV-468, "Exploded View".
L
“SOURCE”, “MENU UP”, “MENU DOWN”, “ ” switches Steering switch signal A circuit.
of steering switch are not operated. Refer to AV-265, "Diagnosis Procedure".

”VOL UP“, “VOL DOWN”, “ ” switches of steering switch Steering switch signal B circuit. M
are not operated. Refer to AV-267, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT


NOTE: AV
Check that there is no malfunction of AUX equipment main body before performing a diagnosis.
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location O
No voice sound is heard when Voice sound is heard when other modes AUX sound signal circuits malfunction between auxilia-
AUX mode is selected. are selected. ry input jacks and AV control unit.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-447 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location
• AUX image signal circuit malfunction.
Refer to AV-249, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Horizontal synchronizing (HP) signal circuit malfunc-
tion between AV control unit and display unit.
Image is not displayed when Camera image is normal.
Refer to AV-247, "Diagnosis Procedure".
AUX mode is selected. • RGB area (YS) signal circuit malfunction between AV
control unit and display unit.
Refer to AV-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Camera image is not displayed. Composite image signal circuit malfunction.
Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal circuit malfunction
It does not change from AUX
— between AV control unit and display unit.
mode to other modes.
Refer to AV-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 March AV-448 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000005102728

BASIC OPERATIONS B

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


The brightness is at the lowest setting. Adjust the brightness of the display. C
No image is displayed. The system is in the video mode. Press <DISC> to change the mode.
The display is turned off. Press < > to turn on the display.
D
Screen not clear. Contrast setting is not appropriate. Adjust the contrast of the display.
The screen is too dim. The move- Wait until the interior of the vehicle has
The temperature in the interior of the vehicle is low.
ment is slow. warmed up. E
Some pixels in the display are dark- This condition is an inherent characteristic of liquid
This is not a malfunction.
er or brighter than others. crystal displays.
Some menu items cannot be se- Some menu items become unavailable while the ve- Park the vehicle in a safe location, and F
lected. hicle is driven. then operate the multi AV system.

RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION


G
Related to Telephone
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try
the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is H
resolves.

Symptom Solution I
1. Ensure that the command is valid.
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
J
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at level appropriate to the ambient noise lev-
el in the vehicle.
4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster
System fails to interpret the com- on). K
mand correctly. NOTE:
If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately. L
6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be
carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker. See “Speaker adaptation (SA)
mode” earlier in this section. Refer to “OWNER’S MANUAL”. M
1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This
The system consistently selects can be confirmed by highlighting the name of the entry name in Phone menu.
the wrong voicetag
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name. AV

RELATED TO AUDIO
• The majority of the audio malfunctions are the result of outside causes (bad CD/cassette, electromagnetic
interference, etc.). Check the symptoms below to diagnose the malfunction. O
• The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning.
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and oper-
ation of each piece of electrical equipment, and then determine the cause. P
NOTE:
• CD-R is not guaranteed to play because they can contain compressed audio (MP3, WMA) or could be incor-
rectly mastered by the customer on a computer.
• Check if the CDs carry the Compact Disk Logo. If not, the disk is not mastered to the “red book” Compact
Disk Standard and may not play.

Revision: 2010 March AV-449 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

Symptom Cause and Counter measure


Check if the CD was inserted correctly.
Check if the CD is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone
(about 1 hour) before using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal
temperature.
Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music
CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition,
the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in com-
pliance with the specifications.
Check if the disk or the file is generated in an irregular format, This may occur depending on the
variation or the setting of MP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disk close, is done for the disk.
Check if the CD is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality Check if the CD is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time before If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA CD, or if it is a multisession disk, some
the music starts playing. time may be required before the music starts playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing
Music cuts off or skips
depth, writing width might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities if data such as for high bit rate data.
Move immediately to the next song When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma”,
when playing or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the software, so the files might
desired order. not play in the desired order.
Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other
sources, is not a malfunction.
NOTE:
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking
the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the station arriving at the
antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings.

Revision: 2010 March AV-450 2009 G37 Convertible


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005156447

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
WARNING: E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) I
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000005156451

K
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-
ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the
window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic
L
window function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Service Procedure Precautions for Models with a Pop-up Roll Bar INFOID:0000000005156448

M
WARNING:
• Risk of passenger injury or death may increase if the pop-up roll bar does not deploy during a roll
over collision. In order to reduce the chance of an incident where the pop-up roll bar is inoperative,
AV
all maintenance must be performed by a NISSAN or INFINITI dealer.
• Before removing and installing the pop-up roll bar component parts and harness, always turn the
ignition switch OFF, disconnect the battery negative terminal, and wait for 3 minutes or more. (The
purpose of this operation is to discharge electricity that is accumulated in the auxiliary power supply O
circuit in the air bag diagnosis sensor unit.)
• When repairing, removing, and installing a pop-up roll bar, always refer to SRS AIR BAG and SRS
AIR BAG CONTROL warnings in the Service Manual.
P
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000004929262

AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0 V or less.
• Be sure to turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before
checking the circuit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-451 2009 G37 Convertible


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000004929263

AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]

PKIA0306E

• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)

PKIA0307E

Revision: 2010 March AV-452 2009 G37 Convertible


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004929277
B

Tool name Description


C

D
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts

E
PBIC0191E

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-453 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


AV CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000005102729

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JPNIA0470ZZ

1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. Bracket LH 3. AV control unit


4. Bracket RH

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005183752

REMOVAL
1. Remove display unit.
2. Remove AV control unit with a unified meter and A/C amp. as a single unit from the body.
3. Remove bracket screws, and then remove AV control unit.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Since AV control unit connector and unified meter and A/C amp. connector have the same form, be
careful not to insert them wrongly.

Revision: 2010 March AV-454 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929185

Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View". B


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929186

REMOVAL C
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove display unit with bracket as a single unit.
D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
E

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-455 2009 G37 Convertible


DOOR SQUAWKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DOOR SQUAWKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929187

JPNIA0480ZZ

1. Door finisher assembly


2. Door squawker

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929188

REMOVAL
1. Remove door finisher assembly. Refer to INT-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove door squawker from door finisher assembly.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-456 2009 G37 Convertible


DOOR WOOFER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DOOR WOOFER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929189

D
JPNIA0481ZZ

E
1. Door woofer
2. Woofer bracket
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929190

REMOVAL
G
1. Remove door finisher assembly. Refer to INT-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove door woofer from woofer bracket.
INSTALLATION H
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-457 2009 G37 Convertible


TWEETER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
TWEETER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929193

JPNIA0483ZZ

1. Tweeter
2. Corner cover

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929194

REMOVAL
1. Remove corner cover. Refer to MIR-19, "DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View".
2. Remove tweeter from corner cover.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-458 2009 G37 Convertible


CENTER SPEAKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CENTER SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929195

D
JSNIA0120ZZ

E
1. Center speaker

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929196


F
REMOVAL
1. Remove upper grille, and then remove center speaker. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View". G
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-459 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR WOOFER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR WOOFER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929197

JPNIA1603ZZ

1. Rear woofer

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929198

REMOVAL
1. Remove rear seatback. Refer to SE-246, "Exploded View".
2. Remove rear woofer from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-460 2009 G37 Convertible


HEADREST SPEAKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
HEADREST SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000005107576

D
JPNIA1602ZZ

E
1. Headrest speaker
2. Headrest frame
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005107577

REMOVAL
G
1. Remove headrest frame. Refer to SE-223, "Exploded View".
2. Remove headrest speaker screws, then disconnect headrest speaker connector and remove headrest
speaker. H
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-461 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929199

JPNIA1604ZZ

1. BOSE amp.
: Vehicle front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929200

REMOVAL
1. Remove net guard bracket assembly. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View".
2. Remove BOSE amp. from trunk room.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-462 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIOPILOT® MICROPHONE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUDIOPILOT® MICROPHONE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000005107545

REMOVAL B
Refer to SE-223, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JPNIA1605ZZ
F
1. AudioPilot® microphone
2. Headrest inner grille
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005107546

REMOVAL H
1. Remove headrest inner grille. Refer to SE-223, "Exploded View".
2. Remove AudioPilot® microphone from headrest inner grille.
I
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-463 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA BASE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA BASE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004931938

JPNIA1606GB

1. Antenna rod
2. Antenna base
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004931939

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher inner. Refer to INT-26, "Exploded View".
2. Remove antenna base mounting nut.
3. Remove antenna base.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be careful about tightening torque. Antenna sensitivity becomes poor, and when it is excessive, trunk
lid panel may be deformed, when antenna base mounting nut tightening torque is loose.

Revision: 2010 March AV-464 2009 G37 Convertible


SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
SATELLITE RADIO TUNER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371695

G
JPNIA0495ZZ

1. TEL adapter unit 2. Bracket (front) 3. Satellite radio tuner


4. Bracket (rear)
H

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371696

I
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk floor spacer RH. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View".
2. Remove nuts (A) from the trunk room RH, and remove TEL J
adapter unit and satellite radio tuner (1) from trunk room side.

M
JPNIA0503ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-465 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929206

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0126ZZ

1. Center ventilator grille


2. Multifunction switch

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929207

REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove multifunction switch with center ventilator grille as a single unit.
3. Remove multifunction switch from center ventilator.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-466 2009 G37 Convertible


PRESET SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PRESET SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929208

REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

H
JSNIA0107ZZ

1. Clock 2. Cluster lid C 3. Preset switch I

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929209

J
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove preset switch (2) from cluster lid C. K

1. Clock
A. Screw L
B. Screw
C. Screw
M

JSNIA0127ZZ AV
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE: O
When installing preset switch, do not allow the print wire that connects preset switch and multifunction switch
to get caught in between AV control unit and preset switch.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-467 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929210

Refer to ST-13, "Exploded View".


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929211

REMOVAL
Refer to ST-13, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-468 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
IPOD ADAPTER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929212

D
JPNIA0493ZZ

E
1. iPod adapter

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929213


F
REMOVAL
1. Remove display assy. Refer to AV-455, "Removal and Installation". G
2. Remove display from display bracket.
3. Remove iPod adapter from display bracket.
INSTALLATION H
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-469 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD CONNECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
IPOD CONNECTOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929214

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JPNIA0491ZZ

1. iPod connector

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929215

REMOVAL
1. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
2. Push the pawl from the back of center console to remove iPod connector.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-470 2009 G37 Convertible


AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929216

REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JSNIA0131ZZ
F
1. Auxiliary input jacks

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929217 G

REMOVAL
1. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View". H
2. Remove auxiliary input jacks from center console assembly.
INSTALLATION
I
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-471 2009 G37 Convertible


MICROPHONE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
MICROPHONE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929218

REMOVAL
Refer to INL-99, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0132ZZ

1. Microphone

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929219

REMOVAL
1. Remove map lamp. Refer to INL-99, "Exploded View".
2. Remove microphone from map lamp.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-472 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929221

D
JPNIA0489ZZ

E
1. Camera control unit

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929222


F
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk floor spacer RH, and then remove camera control unit. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View". G
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
H
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004929223

ADJUSTMENT
I
There may be a misalignment of possible route line center position of rear view monitor after removing camera
control unit. Therefore, correct neutral position with the following procedure.
1. Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends.
J
2. Drive vehicle at 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) min. speed at least 100 m (328.1 ft).

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-473 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW CAMERA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929224

REMOVAL
Refer to EXT-36, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JPNIA1782ZZ

1. Rear view camera

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929225

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher outer. Refer to EXT-36, "Exploded View".
2. Remove rear view camera from trunk lid finisher outer.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004929226

Adjust the guide line position if the guide line position is shifted after installing the rear view camera.
1. Draw lines on rearward area of the vehicle passing through the
following points: 200 mm (7.87 in) from both sides of the vehicle,
and 0.5 m (1.64 ft), 1.0 m (3.28 ft) from the rear end of the
bumper.
2. Set into “Adjust offset of rear view camera” mode of Confirma-
tion / Adjustment mode.

SKIB3691E

Revision: 2010 March AV-474 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW CAMERA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
3. Rotate the center dial, and then select the guiding line pattern so
that its angle is aligned with the correction line of the rear of the A
vehicle.

Selected pattern :7 B
4. Make fine adjustment to the correction line of the rear of the
vehicle with up/down/left/right switches so that its position is
aligned with the guiding line. Press “OK” switch and record the C
adjusted guiding line position to the camera control unit.
SKIB3689E
Up/Down adjustment range : −20 – 20 D
Left/Right adjustment range : −20 – 20
CAUTION:
Never operate other function such as pressing BACK while writing index data. E
If Confirmation/Adjustment mode does not function in the above procedure, perform one of the
following service to adjust the index again.
• Remove battery for five min. Then reconnect battery.
F
• Remove camera control unit connector for five min. Then reconnect camera control unit connec-
tor.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-475 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004929227

REMOVAL
Refer to SR-14, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0135ZZ

1. Spiral cable
2. Steering angle sensor

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004929228

REMOVAL
1. Remove spiral cable.
2. Remove steering angle sensor from spiral cable.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-476 2009 G37 Convertible


TEL ADAPTER UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
TEL ADAPTER UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371713

G
JPNIA0495ZZ

1. TEL adapter unit 2. Bracket (front) 3. Satellite radio tuner


4. Bracket (rear)
H

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371714

I
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk floor spacer RH. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View".
2. Remove nuts (A) from the trunk room RH, and remove TEL J
adapter unit and satellite radio tuner (1) from trunk room side.

M
JPNIA0503ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-477 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000004371715

JPNIA1594GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-478 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO)
A
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000005096931

AV

P
JPNIA1594GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-479 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (TEL)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (TEL)
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000005096932

JPNIA1594GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-480 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004371718
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JSNIA0732GB M

• Reference 1··· Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".


• Reference 2··· Refer to AV-622, "DTC Index". AV
• Reference 3··· Refer to AV-725, "Symptom Table".
DETAILED FLOW
O
1.INTERVIEW AND SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
Check the malfunction symptoms by performing the following items.
• Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc- P
tion occurred).
• Check the symptom.
Is the occurred symptom malfunction?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
Revision: 2010 March AV-481 2009 G37 Convertible
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
1. Connect CONSULT-III and perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV”. Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III
Function (MULTI AV)".
NOTE:
Skip to step 4 of the diagnosis procedure if “MULTI AV” is not displayed.
2. Check if any DTC is displayed in the self-diagnosis results.
Is DTC displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC
1. Check the DTC indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the DTC Index. Refer to AV-622, "DTC Index".

>> GO TO 5.
4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-725, "Symptom
Table".

>> GO TO 5.
5.ERROR PART REPAIR
1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV” with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
3. Check that the symptom does not occur.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 March AV-482 2009 G37 Convertible


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-
B
scription INFOID:0000000004371719

Always correct the center position of the rear view monitor's possible route line after disconnecting the battery
negative terminal. C

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Spe-


cial Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004371720
D

1.CORRECTION OF CENTER POSITION OF REAR VIEW MONITOR'S POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE


Refer to the following for details. E

>> Refer to AV-483, "REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION
ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement". F
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description G
INFOID:0000000004371721

When camera control unit is replaced, the center position of rear view monitor possible route line is corrected.
H
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000004371722

I
1.CORRECTION OF CENTER POSITION OF REAR VIEW MONITOR'S POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE
Refer to the following for details.
J
>> Refer to AV-483, "REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION
ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST- K
MENT
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST- L
MENT : Description INFOID:0000000004371723

Adjust the center position of the possible route line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted. M
REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUST-
MENT : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004371724
AV

1.STEERING OPERATION
Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends. O

>> GO TO 2
2.DRIVING P

Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.

>> END

Revision: 2010 March AV-483 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MULTI AV SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371725

JPNIA1592GB

NOTE:
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
• An antenna base integrated with radio antenna and satellite radio
antenna is adopted.

JSNIA1062GB

System Description INFOID:0000000004371726

Multi AV system means that the following systems are integrated.

System name System explanation


NAVIGATION SYSTEM AV-489, "System Description"
AUDIO SYSTEM AV-494, "System Description"
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM AV-499, "System Description"

Revision: 2010 March AV-484 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
System name System explanation
A
• Status of audio, climate control system, fuel economy, mainte-
nance and navigation is displayed.
VEHICLE INFORMATION SYSTEM • AV control unit displays the fuel consumption status while re-
ceiving data signal through CAN communication from ECM B
and unified meter and A/C amp.
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM Refer to the following “HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM”.
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM Refer to the following “AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM”. C
VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM Refer to the following “VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM”.
TOUCH PANEL SYSTEM Refer to the following “TOUCH PANEL SYSTEM”.
D
• AV control unit function by transmitting/receiving data one by one with each unit (slave unit) that configures
them completely as a master unit by connecting between units that configure MULTI AV system with two AV
communication lines (H, L).
• Two AV communication lines (H, L) adopt a twisted pair line that is resistant to noise. E
• AV control unit is connected by CAN communication, and it receives data signal from ECM, unified meter
and A/C amp. It computes and displays fuel economy information value with the obtained information. Trans-
mitting/receiving of data signal is performed by BCM. Also, it transmits the required signal of vehicle setting F
and receives the response signal.
• AV control unit is connected with display and serial communication, and it transmits the required signal of
display and display control and receives the response signal from display.
NOTE: G
AV control unit can perform CONSULT-III self-operating function and on board self-diagnosis.
• CONSULT-III self diagnosis: Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
• On board self diagnosis: Refer to AV-502, "Diagnosis Description". H
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
• Hands-free communication can be operated by connecting using Bluetooth™ with cellular phone.
• Operation is performed by steering switch, and operating condition is indicated on display. I
• Guide sound that is heard during operation is input from AV control unit to BOSE amp., and is output from
door speaker.
• System operation is available only when the retractable hard top is closed. J
When A Call Is Originated
Spoken voice sound output from the microphone (Mic. Signal) is input to AV control unit. AV control unit out-
puts to cellular phone with Bluetooth™ communication as a TEL voice signal. Voice sound is then heard at the K
other party.
When Receiving A Call
Voice sound is input to own cellular phone from the other party. TEL voice signal is output to door speaker, and L
the signal is input to BOSE amp. via AV control unit by establishing Bluetooth™ communication from cellular
phone.
M
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM
• Image and sound can be output from an external device by connecting a device with auxiliary input jacks.
• Operation can be performed with multifunction switch and steering switch. Multifunction switch transmits
operation signal to AV control unit by AV communication. AV

VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM


• Each operation of multi AV system can be performed by inputting sound to microphone. O
• Start of sound recognition system can be performed by steering switch.
• System operation is available only when the retractable hard top is closed.
TOUCH PANEL SYSTEM P
Each operation of multi AV system can be performed by directly touching a display.

Revision: 2010 March AV-485 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004371727

JPNIA1598ZZ

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. Microphone (for AudioPilot® ) 8. Rear woofer LH 9. BOSE amp.
Antenna base (antenna amp and sat-
10. Rear view camera 11. Camera control unit 12.
ellite antenna)
13. Rear woofer RH 14. Passenger headrest speaker RH 15. Passenger headrest speaker LH
16. Door woofer RH 17. Tweeter RH 18. Door squawker RH
19. Microphone 20. GPS antenna 21. iPod adapter
22. Steering switch 23. Steering angle sensor 24. Preset switch
25. Auxiliary input jacks 26. iPod connector 27. AV control unit
28. Multifunction switch 29. Display unit
Trunk rear plate is removed condi-
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. C. Trunk room RH
tion.
D. Instrument panel rear side E. Rear view of the display unit F. Spiral cable part

Revision: 2010 March AV-486 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Description INFOID:0000000004371728

Part name Description


• Integrates hard disk drive (HDD) allowing map data and music data to be B
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each con-
trol unit by communication. It operates each system according to communi-
cation signals from the AV control unit. C
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, nav-
igation, satellite radio, and vehicle information functions.
• It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communi-
AV CONTROL UNIT cation to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
D
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con- E
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
• Update of map data is performed with the CONSULT-III and the applicable F
cable.
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• RGB image signal is input from AV control unit (RGB, RGB area and RGB
G
synchronizing). Auxiliary image signal is input from the auxiliary input jack.
DISPLAY UNIT Camera image signal is input from camera control unit.
• Synchronize signal (HP, VP) is output to AV control unit.
• Touch panel function can be operated for each system by touching a display H
directly.
Inputs power (amp. ON) and sound signal from AV control unit, and outputs
BOSE AMP.
sound signal to each speaker.
I
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp. J
DOOR SQUAWKER
• Outputs midrange sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
TWEETER
• Outputs high range sound.
K
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
CENTER SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sounds.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR WOOFER L
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs midrange sound.
M
• Used for AudioPilot®
MICROPHONE (for AudioPilot® )
• Mic.signal is transmitted to BOSE amp.
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where audio, auxilia-
AV
ry input and navigation operations are integrated.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
• Connected with preset switch via cable, and operation signal is transmitted
to AV control unit via AV communication.
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where audio and air O
conditioner operations are integrated.
PRESET SWITCH • Connected with multifunction switch via cable, and operation signal is trans-
mitted to AV control unit via AV communication.
• The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
P

• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera. Camera image signal
output to display.
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-487 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
REAR VIEW CAMERA The image of vehicle rear view is transmitted to camera control unit.
• Operations for audio, hands-free phone, audio response and navigation, etc.
STEERING SWITCH are possible.
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Sensor signal (steering angle) is transmitted to camera control unit.
• Used for hands-free phone operation and voice recognition.
MICROPHONE • Mic signal is transmitted to AV control unit.
• Power (Mic VCC) is supplied from AV control unit.
Image signal of auxiliary input is transmitted to display, and sound signal is
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
transmitted to AV control unit.
GPS ANTENNA GPS signal is received and transmitted to AV control unit.
An antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. and satellite radio antenna
is adopted.
ANTENNA AMP.
• Radio signal received by rod antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
ANTENNA BASE
trol unit.
• Power (antenna amp. ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
• Receives the satellite radio waves and outputs it to AV control unit.

• Inputs iPod sound signal from iPod®, and outputs iPod sound signal to AV
control unit.
iPod ADAPTER • Receiving/transmitting of iPod® operation signals are performed as follows:
- between AV control unit and iPod adapter: AV communication.
- between iPod® and iPod adapter: serial communication.

iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Revision: 2010 March AV-488 2009 G37 Convertible


NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371729

JPNIA1634GB

G
System Description INFOID:0000000004371730

DESCRIPTION H
• The AV control unit controls navigation function while GPS tuner has built-in map data, GYRO (angle speed
sensor), on the HDD (Hard Disk Drive).
• The AV control unit inputs operation signal with communication signal, through display (touch panel) and I
multifunction switch and steering switch.
• Guide sound is output to front speaker through BOSE amp. from AV control unit when operating navigation
system.
• A vehicle position is calculated with the GYRO (angle speed sensor), vehicle sensor, signal from GPS satel- J
lite and map data stored on HDD (Hard Disk Drive), and transmits the map image signal (RGB image, RGB
area, RGB image synchronizing) to the display.
K
POSITION DETECTION PRINCIPLE
The navigation system periodically calculates the current vehicle
position according to the following three types of signals.
• Travel distance of the vehicle as determined by the vehicle speed L
sensor
• Vehicle turning angle determined by the gyroscope (angular speed
sensor) M
• The travel direction of the vehicle determined by the GPS antenna
(GPS information)
The current position of the vehicle is then identified by comparing the
calculated vehicle position with map data, which is stored in the HDD AV
(Hard Disk Drive) (map-matching), and indicated on the screen with
JSNIA0177GB
a current location mark. More accurate data is used by comparing
position detection results from GPS to the map-matching. O
The current position is calculated by detecting the travel distance
from the previous calculation point, and its direction change.
• Travel distance
The travel distance is generated from the vehicle speed sensor P
input signal. The automatic distance correction function is adopted
for preventing a miss-detection of the travel distance because of
tire wear etc.
• Travel direction
The gyroscope (angular velocity sensor) and GPS antenna (GPS
information) generate the change of the travel direction. Both have
advantages and disadvantages as per the following descriptions.
SEL684V

Revision: 2010 March AV-489 2009 G37 Convertible


NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

Type Advantage Disadvantage


Gyroscope (angular velocity Errors are accumulated when driving a long dis-
The turning angle is precisely detected.
sensor) tance without stopping.
GPS antenna (GPS informa- The travel direction (North/South/East/West) The travel direction is not precisely detected when
tion) is detected. driving slowly.
Input signals are prioritized in each situation. However, this order of priority may change in accordance with
more detailed travel conditions so that the travel direction is detected more accurately.
MAP-MATCHING
Map-matching repositions the vehicle on the road map when a new
location is judged to be more accurate. This is done by comparing
the current vehicle position (calculated by the normal position detec-
tion method) from the map data stored in the HDD (Hard Disk Drive).

SEL685V

There is a possibility that the vehicle position may not be corrected in the following case, and when vehicle is
driven over a certain distance or time in which GPS information is hard to receive. Correct manually the cur-
rent location mark on the screen.
• In map-matching, several alternative routes are prepared and pri-
oritized in addition to the road judged as currently driving on.
Therefore, due to errors in the distance and/or direction, an incor-
rect road may be prioritized, and the current location mark may be
repositioned to the incorrect road.
If two roads are running in parallel, they are of the same priority.
Therefore, the current location mark may appear on either of them
alternately, depending on maneuvering of the steering wheel and
configuration of the road, etc.

SEL686V

• Map-matching does not function correctly when road on which the


vehicle is driving is new, etc. and not recorded in the map data.
Also, map-matching does not function correctly when road pattern
stored in the map data and the actual road pattern are different due
to repair, etc.
Therefore, the map-matching function judges other road as a cur-
rently driving road if the road is not in the map, and displays the
current location mark on it. Later, the current location mark may be
repositioned to the road if the correct road is detected.
• Effective range for comparing the vehicle position and travel direc-
tion calculated by the distance and direction with the road data is
JSNIA0180GB
limited. Therefore, correction by map-matching is not possible
when there is an excessive gap between current vehicle position and the position on the map.
GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM)

Revision: 2010 March AV-490 2009 G37 Convertible


NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
GPS (Global Positioning System) is developed for and is controlled
by the US Department of Defense. The system utilizes GPS satel- A
lites (NAVSTAR), transmitting out radio waves while flying on an orbit
around the earth at an altitude of approximately 21,000 km (13,049
mile).
B
The receiver calculates the travel position in three dimensions (lati-
tude/longitude/altitude) according to the time lag of the radio waves
that four or more GPS satellites transmit (three-dimensional position-
ing). The GPS receiver calculates the travel position in two dimen- C
sions (latitude/longitude) with the previous altitude data if the GPS
receiver receives only three radio waves (two-dimensional position-
SEL526V
ing). GPS position correction is not performed while stopping the D
vehicle.

Accuracy of the GPS will deteriorate under the following conditions:


E
• In two-dimensional positioning, GPS accuracy will deteriorate when altitude of the vehicle position changes.
• The position of GPS satellite affects GPS detection precision. The position detection may not be precisely
performed.
• The position detection is not performed if GPS receiver does not receive radio waves from GPS satellites. F
(Inside a tunnel, parking in a building, under an elevated highway etc.) GPS receiver may not receive radio
waves from GPS satellites if any object is placed on the GPS antenna.
NOTE: G
• The detection result has an error of approximately 10 m (32.81 ft) even with a high-precision three dimen-
sional positioning.
• There may be cases when the accuracy is lowered and radio waves are stopped intentionally because the
GPS satellite signal is controlled by the US trace control center. H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-491 2009 G37 Convertible


NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004930969

JPNIA1598ZZ

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. Microphone (for AudioPilot® ) 8. Rear woofer LH 9. BOSE amp.
Antenna base (antenna amp and sat-
10. Rear view camera 11. Camera control unit 12.
ellite antenna)
13. Rear woofer RH 14. Passenger headrest speaker RH 15. Passenger headrest speaker LH
16. Door woofer RH 17. Tweeter RH 18. Door squawker RH
19. Microphone 20. GPS antenna 21. iPod adapter
22. Steering switch 23. Steering angle sensor 24. Preset switch
25. Auxiliary input jacks 26. iPod connector 27. AV control unit
28. Multifunction switch 29. Display unit
Trunk rear plate is removed condi-
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. C. Trunk room RH
tion.
D. Instrument panel rear side E. Rear view of the display unit F. Spiral cable part

Revision: 2010 March AV-492 2009 G37 Convertible


NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Description INFOID:0000000004371732

Part name Description


• It is the master unit that controls each operation of the Navigation system. B
• The HDD (Hard Disk Drive) is built in, and the map data is stored in HDD.
AV CONTROL UNIT
• The RGB image signal (map information) is output to the display.
• The voice guidance signal is output to the BOSE amp.
C
• Map image signal is input from AV control unit, and it is indicated on the dis-
DISPLAY UNIT play.
• Each operation of navigation can be performed by the touch panel function.
Voice guidance signal is input from AV control unit, and it is output to front
D
BOSE AMP.
speakers and center speaker.
DOOR WOOFER
E
DOOR SQUAWKER
Voice guidance signal from BOSE amp. is output.
TWEETER
CENTER SPEAKER F
• Each operation of navigation can be performed.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH • Connected with preset switch via cable and operation signal is transmitted to
AV control unit via AV communication.
G
• Each operation of navigation, etc. can be performed.
STEERING SWITCH
• Switch operating signal is output to AV control unit.
GPS ANTENNA GPS signal is received and is output to AV control unit. H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-493 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AUDIO SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371737

JPNIA1635GB

NOTE:
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
• An antenna base integrated with radio antenna and satellite radio
antenna is adopted.

JSNIA1062GB

System Description INFOID:0000000004371738

The audio system is equipped with the following functions. Each function is operated with multifunction switch,
preset switch, touch panel, steering switch or audio recognition. Operation status of AUDIO is indicated at dis-
play.

Function
AM/FM radio
Satellite radio
CD
Music Box (Hard Disk Drive)
CF (Compact Flash)
iPod connection

Revision: 2010 March AV-494 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Function
A
AudioPilot®
Sound equalizer automatic switching function
B
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Operating Signal
Audio system operation can be performed with multifunction switch, preset switch, steering switch, touch C
panel function or voice recognition function.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with AV communication when it is operated by multifunction
switch or preset switch. The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with steering switch signal when it is operated by steering D
switch.
• Refer to AV-484, "System Description" for explanation of voice recognition function and touch panel function.
Screen Display E
• Switching of display is performed with serial communication between display unit and AV control unit.
• The image signal to display operating condition is performed with RGB signal, RGB area signal and RGB
image synchronizing signal. F
AM/FM Radio Mode
• AM/FM radio tuner is built into AV control unit.
• Audio signal is received by rod antenna, next it is amplified by antenna amp., and finally it is input to AV con- G
trol unit. Audio signal is input to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to each speaker.
Satellite Radio Mode
• Satellite radio tuner is built into AV control unit. H
• Audio signal (satellite radio) is received by satellite antenna, and it is input to AV control unit. AV control unit
outputs audio signal to BOSE amp. The signal is also outputted from BOSE amp. to each speaker.
CD Mode I
• CD function is built into AV control unit.
• AV control unit outputs audio signal to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to each speaker when CD is
inserted to AV control unit. J
Music Box Mode
• Music CD data is stored on HDD that is built into AV control unit, and it can be played.
• AV control unit outputs music (audio signal) that is stored on HDD to BOSE amp., and BOSE amp. outputs to K
each speaker.
CF Mode
• AV control unit has built in CF replay function. L
• Music (audio signal) that is stored in CF outputs to BOSE amp., and BOSE amp. outputs to each speaker
when CF is inserted into AV control unit.
iPod Connection M
® ®
• Connect iPod and iPod adapter with wire harness and iPod adapter input iPod sound signal from iPod .
When iPod mode is selected, iPod adapter output iPod sound signal to AV control unit. AV control unit output
sound signal to BOSE amp., and BOSE amp. output sound signal to each speaker. AV
• Receiving/transmitting of iPod® operation signals are performed as follows:
- between AV control unit and iPod adapter: AV communication.
- between iPod® and iPod adapter: serial communication. O
• The iPod® connection status can be recognized whether iPod adapter receives iPod connection recognition
signal.
• The iPod adapter is possible to charge iPod®. P
iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
AudioPilot®
AudioPilot® is a sound improving system that picks up by a microphone in a driver headrest any noises or the
sound of music coming into the vehicle, and that uses the BOSE amp. to revise the frequency feature of music
in real time in response to the frequency feature of the noise while driving and listening to music.

Revision: 2010 March AV-495 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
• If the low frequency area noise from the vehicle is loud, it adjusts the low frequency element of music to be
larger than the vehicle noise.
• If the high frequency area noise from the vehicle is loud, it adjusts the high frequency element of music to be
larger than the vehicle noise.
• If the vehicle noise is smaller than the setting volume, correction is not performed. This eliminates the vehi-
cle noise when listening to music.
Sound Equalizer Automatic Switching Function
Sound quality in a fully-open retractable hard top condition is improved by the correction for bringing the fre-
quency characteristics in a fully-open retractable hard top condition closer to the characteristics in a fully-
closed retractable hard top condition. When the retractable hard top is in a fully-open condition, sound pres-
sure is reduced due to the absence of sound echo generated by sound reflection from the retractable hard top.
BOSE amp. detects an open-close condition of the retractable hard top by receiving a roof status signal from
the retractable hard top control unit and switches the equalizer to correct the frequency characteristics in a
fully-open retractable hard top condition. During the switching of the equalizer, audio stops temporarily due to
the temporary mute.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004930971

JPNIA1598ZZ

Revision: 2010 March AV-496 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH A


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. Microphone (for AudioPilot® ) 8. Rear woofer LH 9. BOSE amp.
Antenna base (antenna amp and sat- B
10. Rear view camera 11. Camera control unit 12.
ellite antenna)
13. Rear woofer RH 14. Passenger headrest speaker RH 15. Passenger headrest speaker LH
16. Door woofer RH 17. Tweeter RH 18. Door squawker RH C
19. Microphone 20. GPS antenna 21. iPod adapter
22. Steering switch 23. Steering angle sensor 24. Preset switch
25. Auxiliary input jacks 26. iPod connector 27. AV control unit D
28. Multifunction switch 29. Display unit
Trunk rear plate is removed condi-
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. C. Trunk room RH
tion. E
D. Instrument panel rear side E. Rear view of the display unit F. Spiral cable part

Component Description INFOID:0000000004371740


F

Part name Description


• Receiving function of AM/FM/satellite radio, replaying function of CD, replay- G
ing/saving function of music box (HDD), replaying function of CF and voice
AV CONTROL UNIT
recognition function are integrated.
• Audio signal is output to BOSE amp. from each function.
H
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• RGB image signal (audio operation condition) is input from AV control unit.
DISPLAY UNIT
• Touch panel function can be operated for each system by touching a display
directly. I
• Inputs power (amp. ON) and sound signal from AV control unit, and outputs
BOSE AMP. sound signal to each speaker.
• Inputs roof status signal (audio) from the retractable hard top control unit. J
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp. K
DOOR SQUAWKER
• Outputs midrange sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
TWEETER
• Outputs high range sound. L
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
CENTER SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sounds.

REAR WOOFER
• Outputs sound signal from woofer amp. M
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs midrange sound. AV
• Used for AudioPilot®
MICROPHONE (for AudioPilot® )
• Mic.signal is transmitted to BOSE amp.
• Each audio operation can be operated. O
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH • Connected with preset switch via cable, and operation signal is transmitted
to AV control unit via AV communication.
• Each audio operation can be operated. P
• Connected with multifunction switch via cable, and operation signal is trans-
PRESET SWITCH
mitted to AV control unit via AV communication.
• The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hardwire.
• Each audio operation can be operated.
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-497 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIO SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
• It is used for voice activated operation
MICROPHONE • Pronounced voice is converted to voice signal and transmitted to AV control
unit.
An antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. and satellite radio antenna
is adopted.
ANTENNA AMP.
• Radio signal received by rod antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
ANTENNA BASE
trol unit.
• Power (antenna amp. ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
• Receives the satellite radio waves and outputs it to AV control unit.

• Inputs iPod sound signal from iPod®, and outputs iPod sound signal to AV
control unit.
iPod ADAPTER • Receiving/transmitting of iPod® operation signals are performed as follows:
- between AV control unit and iPod adapter: AV communication.
- between iPod® and iPod adapter: serial communication.

iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Revision: 2010 March AV-498 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004371733

JPNIA1719GB

G
System Description INFOID:0000000004371734

CAMERA IMAGE OPERATION PRINCIPLE H


• Power is supplied to rear view camera from camera control unit and outputs camera image signal to camera
control unit when selector lever is set to R position and the reverse signal on camera control unit is input.
• Camera control unit superimposes guide lines and possible route lines with camera image signal from rear I
view camera, and transmits camera image signal to the display. In this case, since the reverse signal is also
input to AV control unit, the AV control unit recognizes the selector lever as in R position, and it switches
communication signal between AV control unit and display unit, and image that is displayed on the display
unit by RGB signal with rear view monitor image. In addition, possible route lines are controlled by original J
sensor signal from steering angle sensor.
• The AV control unit determines whether rear view camera is equipped or not, based on the presence of cam-
era connection recognition signal. It switches to rear view monitor image at the time of reverse signal input K
when it is equipped.
• Warning message under the rear view monitor display is described by AV control unit.
• AV control unit is connected in communication with camera control unit and display unit, and it controls oper-
L
ation of rear view monitor system.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-499 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004930970

JPNIA1598ZZ

1. Center speaker 2. Tweeter LH 3. Door squawker LH


4. Door woofer LH 5. Driver headrest speaker LH 6. Driver headrest speaker RH
7. Microphone (for AudioPilot® ) 8. Rear woofer LH 9. BOSE amp.
Antenna base (antenna amp and sat-
10. Rear view camera 11. Camera control unit 12.
ellite antenna)
13. Rear woofer RH 14. Passenger headrest speaker RH 15. Passenger headrest speaker LH
16. Door woofer RH 17. Tweeter RH 18. Door squawker RH
19. Microphone 20. GPS antenna 21. iPod adapter
22. Steering switch 23. Steering angle sensor 24. Preset switch
25. Auxiliary input jacks 26. iPod connector 27. AV control unit
28. Multifunction switch 29. Display unit
Trunk rear plate is removed condi-
A. Inner grille is removed condition. B. C. Trunk room RH
tion.
D. Instrument panel rear side E. Rear view of the display unit F. Spiral cable part

Revision: 2010 March AV-500 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Description INFOID:0000000004371736

Part name Description


• Image on display is changed to rear view monitor image with serial commu- B
AV CONTROL UNIT nication between AV control unit and display unit.
• Warning displayed in rear view monitor image is illustrated.
• Camera image signal is transmitted from camera control unit, and RGB im- C
age signal for warning display is transmitted from AV control unit.
DISPLAY UNIT
• Rear view monitor image is changed with the communication for AV control
unit.
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is
D
indicated on the display.
• Power (camera power supply) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit. E
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.
REAR VIEW CAMERA The image of vehicle rear view is transmitted to camera control unit.
F
Steering signal necessary for possible route line control is transmitted to cam-
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
era control unit.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-501 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004371741

MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION


The ON/OFF operation (continuity) of each switch in the multifunction switch and preset switch can be
checked.
Self-diagnosis mode
• Press the “BACK” switch and the “UP” switch of the 8-direction
switches within 10 seconds after turning the ignition switch from
OFF to ACC and hold them for 3 seconds or more. Then the
buzzer sounds, all indicators of the preset switch illuminate, and
the self-diagnosis mode starts.
• The continuity of each switch at the ON position can be checked
by pressing the switch. The buzzer sounds if the switch is normal.
CAUTION:
The hazard switch and CD eject switch cannot be checked.

JSNIA0059GB

Finishing self-diagnosis mode


Self-diagnosis mode is canceled when turning the ignition switch OFF.
MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
• The AV control unit diagnosis function starts up with multifunction switch operation and the AV control unit
performs a diagnosis for each unit in the system during the on board diagnosis.
• Perform a CONSULT-III diagnosis if the on board diagnosis does not start, e.g., the screen does not display
anything, the multifunction switch does not function, etc.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS
Description
• The trouble diagnosis function has a self-diagnosis mode for conducting trouble diagnosis automatically and
a confirmation/adjustment mode for operating manually.
• The self-diagnosis mode performs diagnoses on the AV control unit, connections between system compo-
nents as well as connections between AV control unit and GPS antenna and between AV control unit and
satellite radio antenna. Then it displays the diagnosis results on the display.
• The confirmation/adjustment mode allows the technician to check, modify or adjust the vehicle signals and
set values, as well as to monitor the system error records and system communication status. The checking,
modifying or adjusting generally require human intervention and judgment (the system cannot make judg-
ment automatically).
On Board Diagnosis Item

Mode Description
• AV control unit diagnosis
• Diagnoses the connections across system components, between AV
Self-Diagnosis
control unit and GPS antenna and between AV control unit and sat-
ellite radio antenna.

Revision: 2010 March AV-502 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Mode Description
A
The following check functions are available: color tone check by color
Display Diagnosis bar display, light and shade check by gray scale display and touch pan-
el calibration response check.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking B
Vehicle Signals
brake, lights, ignition switch, and reverse.
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
Climate Control Start auto air conditioner system self-diagnosis. C
Steering Angle Ad- When there is a difference between the actual turning angle and the ve-
justment hicle mark turning angle, it can be adjusted.
D
When there is a difference between the current location mark and the
Navigation Speed Calibration
actual location, it can be adjusted.
XM SAT Subscrip-
The XM NavTraffic subscription status can be checked. E
tion Status
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurring in the past
Error History are displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and
place that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed. F
Confirmation/
Adjustment Synchronizer FES clock –
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored.
G
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
The received volume adjustment of hands-free phone, microphone
Handsfree Phone H
speaker check, and erase memory can be performed.
The signal connected to camera control unit can be checked and the
Camera Cont. guiding line position that overlaps rear view camera image can be ad-
justed. I
Bluetooth The passkey and the device name can be checked and changed.
Any necessary channels required to receive traffic information from the
Change Channel J
satellite radio system can be set.
SAT Change Application Any application ID's required to receive traffic information from the sat-
ID ellite radio system can be set.
Diag Not used. K
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory.
L
STARTING PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
M
2. Turn the audio system OFF.
3. While pressing the “SETTING” button, turn the volume control
dial clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. (When
the self-diagnosis mode is started, a short beep will be heard.) AV
• Shifting from current screen to previous screen is performed
by pressing “BACK” button.
O

JSNIA0060GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-503 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
4. The trouble diagnosis initial screen is displayed, and then the
items of “Self Diagnosis” and “Confirmation/Adjustment” can be
selected.

JSNIA0061GB

SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
1. Start the self-diagnosis function and select “Self Diagnosis”.
- Self-diagnosis subdivision screen is displayed, and the self-
diagnosis mode starts.
- The bar graph visible on the center of the self-diagnosis subdivi-
sion screen indicates progress of the trouble diagnosis.

JSNIA0062GB

2. Diagnosis results are displayed after the self-diagnosis is com-


pleted. The unit names and the connection lines are color-coded
according to the diagnostic results.

Con-
Diagnosis results Unit nection
line
Normal Green Green
Connection malfunction Gray Yellow
Unit malfunction Note Red Green
NOTE:
• Only the control unit (AV control unit) is displayed in red.
• Replace AV control unit if “Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control
unit malfunction” is indicated. The symptom is AV control unit internal error.
Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".
- If multiple errors occur at the same time for a single unit, the
screen switch colors are determined according to the following
order of priority: red > gray.

JPNIA1609ZZ

Revision: 2010 March AV-504 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
- The comments of the self-diagnosis results can be viewed with a
component in the diagnosis result screen. A

JSNIA0064GB

D
Detection Range of Self-diagnosis Mode
• The self-diagnosis mode allows the technician to diagnose the connection in the communication line
between AV control unit and each unit and the internal operation of the AV control unit.
• Because the start condition of diagnosis function is a switch operation, the on board diagnosis function can- E
not be started up if any malfunction is detected in the communication circuit between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS F
Check the applicable display at the following table, and then repair the malfunctioning parts.
Self-diagnosis Result Chart
G
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take
H

• AV control unit malfunction is de-


Check AV control unit power supply L
tected.
and ground circuits. When detecting
• Malfunction is detected in AV con-
no malfunction in those components,
trol unit power supply and ground
replace AV control unit.
circuits.
M

AV

JPNIA1610GB
O
NOTE:
When a control unit malfunction is detected (red in
unit display), connection malfunctions with other
connection unit may be displayed. P
“Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit
malfunction”

Revision: 2010 March AV-505 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take

• Sound signal circuits between


BOSE amp. and each speaker is
• Malfunctioning speaker circuits
malfunctioning.
• Replace BOSE amp.
• BOSE amp. malfunction is detect-
ed.

JPNIA1611GB

• BOSE amp. power supply and


ground circuits are Malfunctioning.
• Malfunction is detected in AV com- • BOSE amp. power supply and
munication circuits between iPod ground circuits.
adapter and BOSE amp. • AV communication circuits between
• AV communication signal between iPod adapter and BOSE amp.
AV control unit and BOSE amp. is
malfunctioning.

JPNIA1614GB

Malfunction is detected in camera Camera connection recognition signal


connection recognition signal circuit. circuit.

JSNIA0596GB

GPS antenna connection malfunction


GPS antenna.
is detected.

JPNIA1612GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-506 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take A

Poor connection is detected in satel- • Satellite radio antenna feeder.


lite radio antenna. • Satellite radio antenna. C

D
JPNIA1613GB

• Malfunction is detected in commu-


nication circuit between AV control F
unit and display unit. Communication circuits between AV
• Malfunction is detected in commu- control unit and display unit.
nication signal between AV control
unit and display unit. G

JPNIA1615GB H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-507 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take

• iPod adapter power supply and


ground circuits.
• iPod adapter power supply and
• Malfunction is detected in AV com-
ground circuits.
munication circuits between multi-
• AV communication circuits between
function switch and iPod adapter.
multifunction switch and iPod
• Malfunction is detected in AV com-
adapter.
munication signal between AV con-
trol unit and iPod adapter.

JSNIA0600GB

Malfunction is detected in AV commu-


AV communication circuits between
nication circuits between AV control
AV control unit and iPod adapter.
unit and iPod adapter.

JPNIA1718GB

CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE
1. Start the diagnosis function and select “Confirmation/Adjustment”. The “confirmation/adjustment” mode
indicates where each item can be checked or adjusted.
2. Select each switch on the “Confirmation/Adjustment” mode
screen to display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press
the “BACK” switch to return to the initial “Confirmation/Adjust-
ment” mode screen.

JSNIA0617GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-508 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Display Diagnosis
A

JSNIA0689GB
K

The tint of the color bar indication is as per the following list if RGB signal error is detected.
L
R (red) signal error : Light blue (Cyan) tint
G (green) signal error : Purple (Magenta) tint
M
B (blue) signal error : Yellow tint
Vehicle Signals
A comparison check can be made of each actual vehicle signal and AV
the signals recognized by the system.

JSNIA0075GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-509 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status Remarks


ON Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Vehicle speed
OFF Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
ON Parking brake is applied.
Parking brake
OFF Parking brake is released.
ON Light switch ON
Lights —
OFF Light switch OFF
ON Ignition switch ON
Ignition —
OFF Ignition switch in ACC position
Shift the selector lever to “R” posi-
ON
tion
Reverse Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
Shift the selector lever other than
OFF
“R” position

Speaker Test
Select “Speaker Test” to display the speaker test screen. Press
“Start” to generate a test tone in a speaker. Press “Start” again to
generate a test tone in the next speaker. Press “End” to stop the test
tones.
NOTE:
The frequency of test tone emitted from each speaker is as follows.

Tweeter : 3 kHz
Front speaker : 300 Hz
Rear speaker : 1 kHz
JSNIA0076GB

Climate Control
Refer to “HEATER & AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTEM” for details.
Navigation
STEERING ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
The steering angle output value detected with the gyroscope is
adjusted.

JSNIA0077GB

SPEED CALIBRATION
During normal driving, distance error caused by tire wear and tire
pressure change is automatically adjusted for by the automatic dis-
tance correction function. This function, on the other hand, is for
immediate adjustment, in cases such as driving with tire chain fitted
on tires.

JSNIA0078GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-510 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

XM SAT SUBSCRIPTION STATUS A


The XM NavTraffic subscription status can be checked.

D
JSNIA0089GB

Error History
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is E
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation. F
The error record displays the time and place of the most recent occurrence of that error. However, take note of
the following points.
• If there is a malfunction with the GPS antenna circuit board in the AV control unit, the correct date and time G
of occurrence may not be able to be displayed.
• Place of the error occurrence is represented by the position of the current location mark at the time an error
occurred. If current location mark has deviated from the correct position, then the place of the error occur-
H
rence cannot be located correctly.
• The frequency of occurrence is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method differs depend-
ing on the error item.
Count up method A I
• The counter resets to 0 if an error occurs when ignition switch is turned ON. The counter increases by 1 if
the condition is normal at a next ignition switch ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 39. Any counts exceeding 39 are ignored.“ The counter can be reset (no error J
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
Count up method B
• The counter increases by 1 if an error occurs when ignition switch is ON. The counter will not decrease even
if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle. K
• The counter upper limit is 50. Any counts exceeding 50 are ignored. “ The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
L
Display type of occur-
Error history display item
rence frequency
Count up method A CAN communication line, control unit (CAN), AV communication line, control unit (AV)
M
Count up method B Other than the above

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-511 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JSNIA0079GB

Error item
Some error items may be displayed simultaneously according to the cause. If some error items are displayed
simultaneously, the detection of the cause can be performed by the combination of display items

Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take


Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and
then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN communication malfunction is detect-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT ing to the diagnosis results.
ed.
Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function
(MULTI AV)".
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV)
malfunction is detected.
FLASH-ROM Error Of Control Unit
Connection Of Gyro
XM SERIAL COMM Error
CAN Controller Memory Error
Bluetooth Module Connection Error Replace the AV control unit.

HDD CONN Error


HDD READ Error
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
HDD WRITE Error
HDD COMM Error
HDD ACCESS Error
DSP CONN Error
DSP COMM Error
AV control unit power supply and ground
Internal Communication Error
circuits.
GPS Communication Error An intermittent error caused by strong radio
interference may be detected unless any
GPS ROM Error
symptom (GPS reception error, etc.) oc-
GPS malfunction is detected.
GPS RAM Error curs.
Replace the AV control unit if the malfunc-
GPS RTC Error tion occurs constantly.
Amplifier Temperature Error BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. Replace the BOSE amp.

Revision: 2010 March AV-512 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
• Display unit power supply and ground
circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica- • Display unit power supply and ground
tion circuits between AV control unit and circuits. B
Front Display Connection Error
display unit. • Communication circuits between AV con-
• Malfunction is detected in communica- trol unit and display unit.
tion signal between AV control unit and
display unit. C
GPS antenna connection malfunction is de-
GPS Antenna Error GPS antenna.
tected.
Malfunction is detected in camera connec- Camera connection recognition circuit be- D
Camera Control Unit Connection Error tion recognition circuit between AV control tween AV control unit and camera control
unit and camera control unit. unit.
Poor connection is detected in satellite ra- • Satellite radio antenna feeder. E
XM Antenna Connection Error
dio antenna. • Satellite radio antenna.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
Center speaker OUT: open Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
open.
F
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
Center speaker OUT: short shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-).
G
Sound signal center speaker circuit to
Center speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal center speaker circuit to bat-
Center speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal center speaker circuit. H
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
I
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir- J
FR speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit. K
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is
RR speaker OUT: open Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
open.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is L
RR speaker OUT: short shorted between door woofer RH signal (+) Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
and door woofer RH signal (-).
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to M
RR speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
tery is shorted.
AV
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is
RR SR-speaker OUT: open Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
open.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is O
RR SR-speaker OUT: short shorted between rear woofer RH signal (+) Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
and rear woofer RH signal (-).
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to
RR SR-speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit. P
ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR SR-speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
tery is shorted.
RL SR-speaker OUT: open Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is short-
RL SR-speaker OUT: short ed between rear woofer LH signal (+) and Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
rear woofer LH signal (-).

Revision: 2010 March AV-513 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to
RL SR-speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to bat-
RL SR-speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: open Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
open.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: short shorted between door woofer LH signal (+) Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
and door woofer LH signal (-).
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to
RL speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to bat-
RL speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(L) OUT: open
circuit is open. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH
circuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(L) OUT: short
speaker LH signal (+) and driver headrest er LH circuit.
speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(L) OUT: short to ground
circuit to ground is shorted. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(L) OUT: short to battery
circuit to battery is shorted. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: open
circuit is open. er RH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH
circuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: short
speaker RH signal (+) and driver headrest er RH circuit.
speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: short to ground
circuit to ground is shorted. er RH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL seat SP(R) OUT: short to battery
circuit to battery is shorted. er RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: open
LH circuit is open. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker
LH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: short
headrest speaker LH signal (+) and pas- speaker LH circuit.
senger headrest speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: short to ground
LH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(L) OUT: short to battery
LH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(R) OUT: open
RH circuit is open. speaker RH circuit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-514 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker
RH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(R) OUT: short
headrest speaker RH signal (+) and pas- speaker RH circuit.
senger headrest speaker RH signal (-). B
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR seat SP(R) OUT: short to ground
RH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest C
FR seat SP(R) OUT: short to battery
RH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
Compensat. mic IN: open Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is open. Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
D
Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is short-
Compensat. mic IN: short ed between MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
(+) and MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) (-).
E
Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to
Compensat. mic IN: short to ground Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
ground is shorted.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to bat- F


Compensat. mic IN: short to battery Check Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit.
tery is shorted.
• AV control unit power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT AV control unit power supply and ground
circuits malfunction detected.
• Internal Communication Error
• AV control unit malfunction is detected.
circuits. G
• Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Multifunction switch power supply and H
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuit between AV control unit and ground circuits.
• Switches Connection Error multifunction switch. • AV communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- control unit and multifunction switch.
cation signal between AV control unit and I
multifunction switch.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir- BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
• Amplifier Connection Error cuits are malfunctioning. cuits. J
• Camera control unit power supply and
ground circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Camera control unit power supply and K
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuit between BOSE amp. and ground circuits.
• Rearview Camera Connection Error camera control unit. • AV communication circuits between
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
cation signal between AV control unit and L
camera control unit.
• iPod adapter power supply and ground
circuits malfunction is detected. M
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • iPod adapter power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuits between multifunction circuits.
• iPod Connection Error switch and iPod adapter. • AV communication circuits between mul-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- tifunction switch and iPod adapter. AV
cation signal between AV control unit and
iPod adapter.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuits between iPod O
• Rearview Camera Connection Error tion circuits between iPod adapter and
adapter and BOSE amp.
• Amplifier Connection Error BOSE amp.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
Malfunction is detected in AV communica- P
• Rearview Camera Connection Error AV communication circuits between multi-
tion circuits between multifunction switch
• iPod Connection Error function switch and BOSE amp.
and BOSE amp.
• Amplifier Connection Error
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• Switches Connection Error Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuits between AV
• Rearview Camera Connection Error tion circuits between AV control unit and
control unit and multifunction switch.
• iPod Connection Error multifunction switch.
• Amplifier Connection Error

Revision: 2010 March AV-515 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis
• CAN communication status and error counter is displayed.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• The error counter is erased if “Reset” is pressed.

Malfunction counter
Items Display (Current)
(Past)
Tx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
JPNIA1716ZZ
Rx (ECM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (Cluster) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (BCM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (USM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (C/ROOF) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39

AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas-
ter unit) and each unit.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• The error counter is erased if “Reset” is pressed.

Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
JSNIA0081GB
C Tx(ITM–PrimarySW) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(PrimarySW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(STRG SW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Audio–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(RearCamera–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(XM–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(iPod–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–Audio) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(iPod–Audio) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Tx(Audio–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
NOTE:
• Any units with “—” displayed have no history of vehicle connection.
• “Audio” and “Amp” indicate the same status because “Amp” indicates the status of the amplifier integrated in the AV control unit.
• “STRG SW”, “Amp” and “XM” indicate the same status as “Audio”.

Handsfree Phone

Revision: 2010 March AV-516 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
The hands-free phone reception volume adjustment, microphone
and speaker test, and memory erase functions are also available. A

JSNIA0083GB

D
Camera Cont.
The two functions of “Connection Confirmation” and “Adjust Offset of Rear View Camera” are available.
CONNECTION CONFIRMATION
The steering angle sensor, reverse signal and vehicle speed sensor E
can be inspected.

JSNIA0084GB
H

Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status I


When steering the vehicle with ignition switch ON (remains ON until connection
ON
mode is stopped when it is turned ON)
Steer. Angle Sensor • Ignition switch at ACC J
OFF
• No steering with ignition switch ON
— Malfunction detected in camera connection recognition signal
ON Selector lever is in “R” with ignition switch ON. K
• Ignition switch at ACC
Reverse Sensor OFF
• Selector lever is in position other than “R” with ignition switch ON.
L
— Malfunction detected in camera-connection recognition signal
ON Vehicle speed is more than 0 km/h (0 MPH) with ignition switch ON
• Ignition switch at ACC M
Vehicle Speed Sensor OFF
• Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 MPH) with ignition switch ON
— Malfunction detected in camera connection recognition signal
Side view Switch — Not used AV
ADJUST OFFSET OF REAR VIEW CAMERA
Use this mode to adjust the guide line display position of the rear-
view monitor if necessary after removing the rear view monitor cam- O
era.

JSNIA0085GB

Bluetooth

Revision: 2010 March AV-517 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Passkey confirmation/change
• The passkey of Bluetooth can be confirmed and changed.
• The passkey can be changed by four digits within 0 to 9.

JSNIA0086GB

Device name check/change


• The device name of Bluetooth can be confirmed and changed.
• The device name can be changed by sixteen digits within A to Z
(small character can be used) and - (hyphen).

JSNIA0087GB

SAT
• Change Channel
- Any necessary channels required to receive traffic information from
the satellite radio system can be set.

JSNIA0092GB

• Change Application ID
- Any application ID'-s required to receive traffic information from the
satellite radio system can be set.

JSNIA0093GB

Delete Unit Connection Log

Revision: 2010 March AV-518 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Deletes any unit connection records and error records from the AV
control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been A
removed.)

JSNIA0088GB

D
Initialize Settings
Deletes data stored in HDD.

G
JSNIA0095GB

CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV) INFOID:0000000004371742 H

CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via the communication with the AV control unit. I

Diagnosis mode Description


Ecu Identification The part number of AV control unit can be checked. J
Performs a diagnosis on the AV control unit and a connection diagnosis for the communication
Self Diagnostic Result
circuit of the Multi AV system, and displays the current and past malfunctions collectively.
Data Monitor The diagnosis of vehicle signal that is input to the AV control unit can be performed. K
AV COMMUNICATION
When “AV communication” of “CAN Diag Support Monitor” is selected, the following function will be performed.
L
Displays the communication status from AV control unit to each unit as well as the error
AV&NAVI C/U
AV communication counter.
AUDIO Displays the AV control unit communication status and the error counter. M

ECU IDENTIFICATION
The part number of AV control unit is displayed. AV
SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT
• In CONSULT-III self-diagnosis, self-diagnosis results and error history are displayed collectively.
• The current malfunction indicates “CRNT”. The past malfunction indicates “PAST”. O
• The timing is displayed as “0” if any of the error codes [U1000], [U1010], [U1300] and [U1310] is detected.
The counter increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle.
Self-diagnosis results display item P

Revision: 2010 March AV-519 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take


Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and
CAN communication malfunction is detect- then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT[U1000]
ed. ing to the diagnosis results.
Refer to AV-525, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010]
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310]
malfunction is detected.
Cont Unit FLASH-ROM [U1200]
GYRO NO CONN [U1201]
CAN CONT [U1216]
BLUETOOTH MODULE CONN [U1217]
HDD-CONN [U1218] Replace the AV control unit.

HDD-READ [U1219]
XM SERIAL COMM [U1220]
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
HDD-WRITE [U121A]
HDD-COMM [U121B]
HDD-ACCESS [U121C]
DSP CONN [U121D]
DSP COMM [U121E]
AV control unit power supply and ground
INTERNAL COMM [U121F]
circuits.
GPS COMM [U1204] An intermittent error caused by strong radio
interference may be detected unless any
GPS ROM [U1205]
symptom (GPS reception error, etc.) oc-
GPS malfunction is detected.
GPS RAM [U1206] curs.
Replace the AV control unit if the malfunc-
GPS RTC [U1207] tion occurs constantly.
AMP TEMP [U1231] BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. Replace the BOSE amp.
• Display unit power supply and ground
circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in communica- • Display unit power supply and ground
tion circuits between AV control unit and circuits.
FRONT DISP CONN [U1243]
display unit. • Communication circuits between AV con-
• Malfunction is detected in communica- trol unit and AV display unit.
tion signal between AV control unit and
display unit.
GPS antenna connection malfunction is de-
GPS ANTENNA CONN [U1244] GPS antenna.
tected.
Malfunction is detected in camera connec- Camera connection recognition circuit be-
CAMERA CONT. CONN [U1250] tion recognition circuit between AV control tween AV control unit and camera control
unit and camera control unit. unit.
Poor connection is detected in satellite ra- • Satellite radio antenna feeder.
XM ANTENNA CONN [U1258]
dio antenna. • Satellite radio antenna.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP OPEN [U1260] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
open.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP SHORT [U1261] shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-).
Sound signal center speaker circuit to
CENTER SP GND-SHORT [U1262] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
ground is shorted.

Revision: 2010 March AV-520 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
Sound signal center speaker circuit to bat-
CENTER SP VB-SHORT [U1263] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP OPEN [U1264] B
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP SHORT [U1265] shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-). C
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U1266]
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir- D
FR-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U1267]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER OPEN [U1268] Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
open. E
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER SHORT [U1269] shorted between door woofer RH signal (+) Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
and door woofer RH signal (-).
F
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to
Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit.
[U126A] ground is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U126B] Check sound signal door woofer RH circuit. G
tery is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is
RR-SURROUND SP OPEN [U126C] Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
open.
H
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is
RR-SURROUND SP SHORT [U126D] shorted between rear woofer RH signal (+) Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
and rear woofer RH signal (-).
RR-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to
I
Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit.
[U126E] ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to bat-
RR-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U126F] Check sound signal rear woofer RH circuit. J
tery is shorted.
RL-SURROUND SP OPEN [U1274] Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is short-
RL-SURROUND SP SHORT [U1275] ed between rear woofer LH signal (+) and Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit. K
rear woofer LH signal (-).
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to
RL-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT [U1276] Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
ground is shorted. L
Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to bat-
RL-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U1277] Check sound signal rear woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is M
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER OPEN [U1278] Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
open.
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER SHORT [U1279] shorted between door woofer LH signal (+) Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit. AV
and door woofer LH signal (-).
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to
Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
[U127A] ground is shorted.
O
Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to bat-
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U127B] Check sound signal door woofer LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir- P
FL-DOOR SP OPEN [U127C]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP SHORT [U127D] shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U127E]
ground is shorted. cuit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-521 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U127F]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1280]
circuit is open. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH
circuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1281]
speaker LH signal (+) and driver headrest er LH circuit.
speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U1282]
circuit to ground is shorted. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U1283]
circuit to battery is shorted. er LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U1284]
circuit is open. er RH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH
circuit is shorted between driver headrest Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U1285]
speaker RH signal (+) and driver headrest er RH circuit.
speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U1286]
circuit to ground is shorted. er RH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH Check sound signal driver headrest speak-
FL-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U1287]
circuit to battery is shorted. er RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1288]
LH circuit is open. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker
LH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1289]
headrest speaker LH signal (+) and pas- speaker LH circuit.
senger headrest speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U128A]
LH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U128B]
LH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U128C]
RH circuit is open. speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker
RH circuit is shorted between passenger Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U128D]
headrest speaker RH signal (+) and pas- speaker RH circuit.
senger headrest speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U128E]
RH circuit to ground is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker Check sound signal passenger headrest
FR-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U128F]
RH circuit to battery is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
CORRECT MICRO OPEN [U1290] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is open. Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®) circuit.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is short-


CORRECT MICRO SHORT [U1291] ed between MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®) circuit.
®
(+) and MIC.signal (for AudioPilot ) (-).

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to


CORRECT MICRO GND-SHORT [U1292] Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot® ) circuit.
ground is shorted.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to bat-


CORRECT MICRO VB-SHORT [U1293] Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®) circuit.
tery is shorted.
• AV control unit power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] AV control unit power supply and ground
circuits.
• INTERNAL COMM [U121F] circuits.
• AV control unit malfunction is detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-522 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
• Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Multifunction switch power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuits between AV control unit ground circuits. B
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] and multifunction switch. • AV communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- control unit and multifunction switch.
cation signal between AV control unit and
multifunction switch. C
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir- BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
• AMP CONN [U124E] cuits are malfunctioning. cuits.
• Camera control unit power supply and D
ground circuits malfunction is detected.
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • Camera control unit power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuit between BOSE amp. and ground circuits.
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] camera control unit. • AV communication circuits between E
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
cation signal between AV control unit and
camera control unit.
F
• iPod adapter power supply and ground
circuits malfunction is detected
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- • iPod adapter power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuits between multifunction circuits G
• IPOD CONN [U1254] switch and iPod adapter. • AV communication circuits between mul-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communi- tifunction switch and iPod adapter.
cation signal between AV control unit and
H
iPod adapter.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuits between iPod
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] tion circuits between iPod adapter and
adapter and BOSE amp. I
• AMP CONN [U124E] BOSE amp.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] AV communication circuits between multi-
tion circuits between multifunction switch
• IPOD CONN [U1254] function switch and BOSE amp. J
and BOSE amp.
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] Malfunction is detected in AV communica-
AV communication circuits between AV K
• REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] tion circuits between AV control unit and
control unit and multifunction switch.
• IPOD CONN [U1254] multifunction switch.
• AMP CONN [U124E]
L
DATA MONITOR
ALL SIGNALS
• Displays the status of the following vehicle signals inputted into the AV control unit. M
• For each signal, actual signal can be compared with the condition recognized on the system.

AV
Display Item Display Vehicle status Remarks
On Vehicle speed >0 km/h (0 MPH)
VHCL SPD SIG
Off Vehicle speed =0 km/h (0 MPH) Changes in indication may be delayed. This is O
On Parking brake is applied. normal.
PKB SIG
Off Parking brake is released.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-523 2009 G37 Convertible


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Display Item Display Vehicle status Remarks
Block the light beam from the auto
On light optical sensor when the light
SW is ON.
ILLUM SIG
Expose the auto light optical sensor
Off to light when the light SW is OFF or —
ON.
On Ignition switch ON
IGN SIG
Off Ignition switch in ACC position
On Selector lever in R position
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is
REV SIG Selector lever in any position other
Off normal.
than R

SELECTION FROM MENU


Allows the technician to select which vehicle signals should be displayed and displays the status of the
selected vehicle signals.

Item to be selected Description


VHCL SPD SIG
PKB SIG
The same as when “ALL SIGNALS”
ILLUM SIG
is selected.
IGN SIG
REV SIG

Revision: 2010 March AV-524 2009 G37 Convertible


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371743
B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other C
control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each
control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-25, "CAN System Specification Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371744

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of CON- F


DTC Diagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
SULT-III
AV control unit is not transmitting or receiving
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or CAN communication system. G
more.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371745


H
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
I
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” of “MULTI AV”.
Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed?
YES >> Refer to “LAN system”. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". J
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-525 2009 G37 Convertible


U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000004371746

Initial diagnosis of AV control unit.


DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371747

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of CON-


DTC Diagnostic item is detected when ... Probable malfunction location
SULT-III
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detected. AV control unit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371748

1.REPLACE AV CONTROL UNIT


When DTC U1010 is detected, replace AV control unit.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 March AV-526 2009 G37 Convertible


U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371749

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371750

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CONTROL UNIT (AV) An initial diagnosis error is detected in AV communication
U1310 Replace AV control unit.
[U1310] circuit. I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-527 2009 G37 Convertible


U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931074

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371752

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
Cont Unit
An internal malfunction is detected in AV control unit
U1200 FLASH-ROM Replace AV control unit.
(FLASH-ROM).
[U1200]

Revision: 2010 March AV-528 2009 G37 Convertible


U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931075

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371754

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
GYRO NO CONN Internal malfunction of AV control unit (gyrocompass dis-
U1201 Replace AV control unit.
[U1201] connection) is detected. I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-529 2009 G37 Convertible


U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931092

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371756

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CAN CONT Internal malfunction of AV control unit (CAN controller) is
U1216 Replace AV control unit.
[U1216] detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-530 2009 G37 Convertible


U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931093

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371758

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
BLUETOOTH MODULE
Internal malfunction of AV control unit (Bluetooth module
U1217 CONN
connection malfunction) is detected.
Replace AV control unit. I
[U1217]

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-531 2009 G37 Convertible


U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931078

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371760

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
HDD-CONN Internal malfunction of AV control unit (HDD connection
U1218 Replace AV control unit.
[U1218] malfunction) is detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-532 2009 G37 Convertible


U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931079

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371762

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
HDD-READ Internal malfunction of AV control unit (HDD read malfunc-
U1219 Replace AV control unit.
[U1219] tion) is detected. I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-533 2009 G37 Convertible


U1220 AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1220 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931080

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371764

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
XM SERIAL COMM Internal malfunction of AV control unit (satellite radio tuner
U1220 Replace AV control unit.
[U1220] communication error) is detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-534 2009 G37 Convertible


U121A AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U121A AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931081

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371766

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
HDD-WRITE Internal malfunction of AV control unit (HDD write mal-
U121A Replace AV control unit.
[U121A] function) is detected. I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-535 2009 G37 Convertible


U121B AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U121B AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931082

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371768

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
HDD-COMM Internal malfunction of AV control unit (HDD communica-
U121B Replace AV control unit.
[U121B] tion error) is detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-536 2009 G37 Convertible


U121C AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U121C AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931083

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371770

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
HDD-ACCESS Internal malfunction of AV control unit (HDD access error)
U121C Replace AV control unit.
[U121C] is detected. I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-537 2009 G37 Convertible


U121D AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U121D AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931084

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371772

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
DSP CONN Internal malfunction of AV control unit (DSP connection
U121D Replace AV control unit.
[U121D] error) is detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-538 2009 G37 Convertible


U121E AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U121E AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004931085

Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be C
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit. D
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function. E
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol. F
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).
G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371774

Display contents of H
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
DSP COMM Internal malfunction of AV control unit (DSP communica-
U121E Replace AV control unit.
[U121E] tion error) is detected. I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-539 2009 G37 Convertible


U121F AV CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U121F AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004931086

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371776

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
INTERNAL COMM Internal malfunction of AV control unit (internal communi- AV control unit power supply and
U121F
[U121F] cation error) is detected. ground circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371777

1.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check AV control unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-565, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis
Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: 2010 March AV-540 2009 G37 Convertible


U1204 GPS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1204 GPS
A
Description INFOID:0000000005184782

An intermittent error caused by strong radio interference may be detected unless any symptom (GPS recep- B
tion error, etc.) occurs. Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction occurs constantly. Refer to AV-738,
"Exploded View".

Part name Description C


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control D
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions. E
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
F
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and G
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371779


H

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III I
GPS COMM Internal malfunction of AV control unit (GPS malfunction)
U1204 Replace AV control unit.
[U1204] is detected.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371780


J

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


K
1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected? L
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> The intermittent malfunction caused by strong radio interference can be detected.
M

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-541 2009 G37 Convertible


U1205 GPS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1205 GPS
Description INFOID:0000000005185277

An intermittent error caused by strong radio interference may be detected unless any symptom (GPS recep-
tion error, etc.) occurs. Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction occurs constantly. Refer to AV-738,
"Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371782

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
GPS ROM Internal malfunction of AV control unit (GPS malfunction)
U1205 Replace AV control unit.
[U1205] is detected.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371783

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> The intermittent malfunction caused by strong radio interference can be detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-542 2009 G37 Convertible


U1206 GPS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1206 GPS
A
Description INFOID:0000000005185275

An intermittent error caused by strong radio interference may be detected unless any symptom (GPS recep- B
tion error, etc.) occurs. Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction occurs constantly. Refer to AV-738,
"Exploded View".

Part name Description C


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control D
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions. E
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
F
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and G
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371785


H

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III I
GPS RAM Internal malfunction of AV control unit (GPS malfunction)
U1206 Replace AV control unit.
[U1206] is detected.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371786


J

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


K
1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected? L
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> The intermittent malfunction caused by strong radio interference can be detected.
M

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-543 2009 G37 Convertible


U1207 GPS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1207 GPS
Description INFOID:0000000005185259

An intermittent error caused by strong radio interference may be detected unless any symptom (GPS recep-
tion error, etc.) occurs. Replace the AV control unit if the malfunction occurs constantly. Refer to AV-738,
"Exploded View".

Part name Description


• Integrates HDD (hard disk drive) allowing map data and music data to be
stored.
• It is the master unit of the MULTI AV system, and it is connected to each control
unit by communication. It operates each system according to communication
signals from the AV control unit.
• The AV control unit includes the audio, hands-free phone, voice control, navi-
gation, satellite radio and vehicle information functions.
AV CONTROL UNIT • It is connected to ECM and unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communica-
tion to obtain necessary information for the vehicle information function.
• It is connected to BCM via CAN communication transmitting/receiving for the
vehicle settings function.
• It inputs the illumination signals that are required for the display dimming con-
trol.
• It inputs the signals for driving status recognition (vehicle speed, reverse and
parking brake).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371788

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
GPS RTC Internal malfunction of AV control unit (GPS malfunction)
U1207 Replace AV control unit.
[U1207] is detected.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004371789

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> The intermittent malfunction caused by strong radio interference can be detected.

Revision: 2010 March AV-544 2009 G37 Convertible


U1231 BOSE AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1231 BOSE AMP.
A
Description INFOID:0000000005136661

Replace the BOSE amp. if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-746, "Exploded View". B

Part name Description


Inputs power (amp. ON) and sound signal from AV control unit and, and outputs C
BOSE AMP.
sound signal to each speaker.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136662


D

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III E
AMP TEMP
U1231 Internal malfunction of BOSE amp. is detected. Replace BOSE amp.
[U1231]

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-545 2009 G37 Convertible


U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371790

Part name Description


• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• RGB image signal is input from AV control unit (RGB, RGB area and RGB syn-
chronizing). Auxiliary image signal is input from the auxiliary input jack. Cam-
DISPLAY UNIT era image signal is input from the camera control unit.
• Synchronize signal (HP, VP) is output to AV control unit.
• Touch panel function can be operated for each system by touching a display
directly.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371791

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
• Display unit power supply and ground circuit malfunc-
tion is detected • Display unit power supply and
FRONT DISP CONN • Malfunction is detected in communication circuit be- ground circuit.
U1243
[U1243] tween AV control unit and display unit • Communication circuit between AV
• Malfunction is detected in communication signal be- control unit and display unit.
tween AV control unit and display unit

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129416

1.CHECK DISPLAY UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check display unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-565, "DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
11 70
M75 M88 Existed
22 71
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
11
M75 Not existed
22
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: 2010 March AV-546 2009 G37 Convertible


U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.
A
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
B
Connector Terminal

C
When adjusting display bright-
M75 11 Ground
ness.
D

PKIB5039J

Is the inspection result normal? E


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL F
Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.
G
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal H

I
When adjusting display bright-
M75 22 Ground
ness.

J
PKIB5039J

Is the inspection result normal?


K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace display unit.
L

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-547 2009 G37 Convertible


U1244 GPS ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1244 GPS ANTENNA
Description INFOID:0000000004371793

Part name Description


GPS ANTENNA GPS signal is received and transmitted to AV control unit.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371794

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
GPS ANETNNA CONN
U1244 GPS antenna connection malfunction is detected. GPS antenna disconnection.
[U1244]

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129417

1.GPS ANTENNA CHECK


Visually check GPS antenna and antenna feeder.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Disconnect GPS antenna connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit and ground.

(+)
Voltage
AV control unit (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal
110 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-548 2009 G37 Convertible


U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371796

B
Part name Description
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera, and camera image is in-
dicated on the display.
C
• Power (camera ON signal) is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• Controlled by AV communication transmitted from AV control unit.
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal. D

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371797

E
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CAMERA CONT. CONN Malfunction is detected in camera connection recognition Camera connection recognition sig- F
U1250
[U1250] signal circuit. nal circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129418


G
1.CHECK CAMERA CONNECTION RECOGNITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and camera control unit connector. H
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and camera control unit harness connector.

AV control unit Camera control unit I


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M87 40 B241 14 Existed
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
K
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

(+) M
Voltage
AV control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M87 40 Ground 5.0 V
AV

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace camera control unit. O
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-549 2009 G37 Convertible


U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
Description INFOID:0000000004371799

Part name Description


SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA Satellite radio signal is received and transmitted to AV control unit.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004371800

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
XM ANTENNA CONN Satellite radio antenna connection malfunction is detect-
U1258 Satellite radio antenna disconnection.
[U1258] ed.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129419

1.SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA CHECK


Visually check satellite radio antenna and antenna feeder.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Disconnect satellite radio antenna connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit and ground.

(+)
Voltage
AV control unit (−)
(Approx.)
Terminal
108 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-550 2009 G37 Convertible


U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000004929278

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
CENTER SPEAKER
• Outputs sound (mid range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929279

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
CENTER SP OPEN Check sound signal center speaker
U1260 Sound signal center speaker circuit is open.
[U1260] circuit.
CENTER SP SHORT Sound signal center speaker circuit is shorted between Check sound signal center speaker F
U1261
[U1261] center speaker signal (+) and center speaker signal (-). circuit.
CENTER SP GND- Check sound signal center speaker
U1262 Sound signal center speaker circuit to ground is shorted.
SHORT [U1262] circuit. G
CENTER SP VB- Check sound signal center speaker
U1263 Sound signal center speaker circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U1263] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004929280

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal center speaker circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-551 2009 G37 Convertible


U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT TWEETER/RIGHT SQUAWKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT TWEETER/RIGHT SQUAWK-
ER
Description INFOID:0000000004929281

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
TWEETER
• Outputs sound (high range).
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
SQUAWKER
• Outputs sound (high and mid range).

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929282

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1264 Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is open.
[U1264] circuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is shorted between
FR-DOOR SP SHORT Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1265 front speaker RH signal (+) and front speaker RH signal (-
[U1265] circuit.
).
FR-DOOR SP GND- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1266
SHORT [U1266] ed. circuit.
FR-DOOR SP VB- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1267
SHORT [U1267] ed. circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136674

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal front speaker RH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-552 2009 G37 Convertible


U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B FRONT RIGHT DOOR WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B FRONT RIGHT DOOR WOOFER
A
Description INFOID:0000000004929284

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929285

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer RH
U1268 Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1268] circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Sound signal door woofer RH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal door woofer RH F
U1269
SHORT [U1269] door woofer RH signal (+) and door woofer RH signal (-). circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer RH
U126A Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U126A] circuit. G
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer RH
U126B Sound signal door woofer RH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U126B] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136677

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal door woofer RH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-553 2009 G37 Convertible


U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT WOOFER
Description INFOID:0000000004929287

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929288

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126C Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is open.
OPEN [U126C] circuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126D
SHORT [U126D] rear woofer RH signal (+) and rear woofer RH signal (-). circuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126E Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U126E] circuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer RH
U126F Sound signal rear woofer RH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U126F] circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136678

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal rear woofer RH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-554 2009 G37 Convertible


U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT WOOFER
A
Description INFOID:0000000004929290

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929291

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
RL-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer LH
U1274 Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1274] circuit.
RL-SURROUND SP Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear woofer LH F
U1275
SHORT [U1275] rear woofer LH signal (+) and rear woofer LH signal (-). circuit.
RL-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer LH
U1276 Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U1276] circuit. G
RL-SURROUND SP Check sound signal rear woofer LH
U1277 Sound signal rear woofer LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U1277] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136679

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal rear woofer LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-555 2009 G37 Convertible


U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B FRONT LEFT DOOR WOOFER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B FRONT LEFT DOOR WOOFER
Description INFOID:0000000004929293

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
DOOR WOOFER
• Outputs low-pitched sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929294

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer LH
U1278 Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1278] circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Sound signal door woofer LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal door woofer LH
U1279
SHORT [U1279] door woofer LH signal (+) and door woofer LH signal (-). circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer LH
U127A Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U127A] circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal door woofer LH
U127B Sound signal door woofer LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U127B] circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136680

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal door woofer LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-556 2009 G37 Convertible


U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT TWEETER/LEFT SQUAWKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT TWEETER/LEFT SQUAWK-
A
ER
Description INFOID:0000000004929296
B

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp. C
TWEETER
• Outputs sound (high range).
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
SQUAWKER
• Outputs sound (high and mid range). D

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004929297

E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes F
CONSULT-III
FL- DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127C Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is open.
[U127C] circuit.
G
FL- DOOR SP SHORT Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127D
[U127D] front speaker LH signal (+) and front speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
FL- DOOR SP GND- Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127E
SHORT [U127E]
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
circuit.
H

FL- DOOR SP VB- Check sound signal front speaker LH


U127F Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U127F] circuit.
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136681

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS J


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again. K
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal front speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident". L

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-557 2009 G37 Convertible


U1280, U1281, U1282, U1283 DRIVER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1280, U1281, U1282, U1283 DRIVER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000005136663

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136664

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FL-SEAT L-SP OPEN Check sound signal driver headrest
U1280 Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit is open.
[U1280] speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit is short-
FL-SEAT L-SP SHORT Check sound signal driver headrest
U1281 ed between driver headrest speaker LH signal (+) and
[U1281] speaker LH circuit.
driver headrest speaker LH signal (-).
FL-SEAT L-SP GND- Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit to ground Check sound signal driver headrest
U1282
SHORT [U1282] is shorted. speaker LH circuit.
FL-SEAT L-SP VB- Sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit to battery Check sound signal driver headrest
U1283
SHORT [U1283] is shorted. speaker LH circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136682

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-558 2009 G37 Convertible


U1284, U1285, U1286, U1287 DRIVER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1284, U1285, U1286, U1287 DRIVER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000005136689

B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136686

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
FL-SEAT R-SP OPEN Check sound signal driver headrest
U1284 Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit is open.
[U1284] speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit is short- F
FL-SEAT R-SP SHORT Check sound signal driver headrest
U1285 ed between driver headrest speaker RH signal (+) and
[U1285] speaker RH circuit.
driver headrest speaker RH signal (-).

U1286
FL-SEAT R-SP GND- Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit to ground Check sound signal driver headrest G
SHORT [U1286] is shorted. speaker RH circuit.
FL-SEAT R-SP VB- Sound signal driver headrest speaker RH circuit to battery Check sound signal driver headrest
U1287
SHORT [U1287] is shorted. speaker RH circuit. H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136687

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS I

1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again. J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal center speaker circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident". K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-559 2009 G37 Convertible


U1288, U1289, U128A, U128B PASSENGER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1288, U1289, U128A, U128B PASSENGER HEADREST LEFT SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000005136691

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136692

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-SEAT L-SP OPEN Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal passenger head-
U1288
[U1288] open. rest speaker LH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit is
FR-SEAT L-SP SHORT Check sound signal passenger head-
U1289 shorted between passenger headrest speaker LH signal
[U1289] rest speaker LH circuit.
(+) and passenger headrest speaker LH signal (-).
FR-SEAT L-SP GND- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
U128A
SHORT [U128A] ground is shorted. rest speaker LH circuit.
FR-SEAT L-SP VB- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
U128B
SHORT [U128B] battery is shorted. rest speaker LH circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136693

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair sound signal passenger headrest speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 March AV-560 2009 G37 Convertible


U128C, U128D, U128E, U128F PASSENGER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAKER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U128C, U128D, U128E, U128F PASSENGER HEADREST RIGHT SPEAK-
A
ER
Description INFOID:0000000005136705
B

Part name Description


• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp. C
HEADREST SPEAKER
• Outputs mid range sound.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005136706


D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-SEAT R-SP OPEN Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal passenger head-
U128C F
[U128C] open. rest speaker RH circuit.
Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit is
FR-SEAT R-SP SHORT Check sound signal passenger head-
U128D shorted between passenger headrest speaker RH signal
[U128D] rest speaker RH circuit. G
(+) and passenger headrest speaker RH signal (-).
FR-SEAT R-SP GND- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
U128E
SHORT [U128E] ground is shorted. rest speaker RH circuit.
FR-SEAT R-SP VB- Sound signal passenger headrest speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal passenger head-
H
U128F
SHORT [U128F] battery is shorted. rest speaker RH circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136707


I

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Delete the self-diagnosis results. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON. perform the self-diagnosis again.
3. Check that the DTC is detected again.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> Repair sound signal driver headrest speaker LH circuit harness or connector.
NO >> Refer to GI section. Refer to GI-36, "Intermittent Incident".
L

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-561 2009 G37 Convertible


U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AUDIOPILOT™ MICROPHONE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AUDIOPILOT™ MICROPHONE
Description INFOID:0000000005136666

Part name Description


®
• Used for AudioPilot
MICROPHONE (for AudioPilot® )
• Mic.signal is transmitted to BOSE amp.

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000005184851

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CORRECT MICRO Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1290
OPEN [U1290] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is open.
circuit.

Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit is shorted between


CORRECT MICRO Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1291
SHORT [U1291] MIC.signal (for AudioPilot® ) (+) and MIC.signal (for Au-
circuit.
dioPilot® ) (-).
CORRECT MICRO Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1292
GND-SHORT [U1292] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to ground is shorted.
circuit.
CENTER SP VB- Check Mic. signal (for Audiopilot®)
U1293
SHORT [U1293] Mic. signal (for AudioPilot® ) circuit to battery is shorted.
circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005136715

1.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN BOSE AMP. AND MICROPHONE FOR AUDIOPILOT® CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BOSE amp. connector and microphone for AudioPilot® connector.
3. Check continuity between BOSE amp. harness connector and microphone for AudioPilot® harness con-
nector.

BOSE amp. Microphone for AudioPilot®


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
31 81
B41 B617 Existed
11 82
4. Check continuity between BOSE amp. harness connector and ground.

BOSE amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
31
B41 Not existed
11
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL
1. Connect BOSE amp. connector and microphone for AudioPilot® connector.
2. Check signal between BOSE amp. harness connector.

Revision: 2010 March AV-562 2009 G37 Convertible


U1290, U1291, U1292, U1293 AUDIOPILOT™ MICROPHONE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

(+) (−) A
BOSE amp. BOSE amp. Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B

When inputting C
B41 31 B41 11
noise.

D
PKIA2104E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace BOSE amp. E
NO >> Replace microphone for AudioPilot® .

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-563 2009 G37 Convertible


U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371802

U1300 is indicated when malfunction occurs in communication signal of multi AV system. Indicated simulta-
neously, without fail, with the malfunction of control units connected to AV control unit with communication line.
Determine the possible malfunction cause from the table below.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM

Display contents of Possible malfunction factor/Action to


DTC Description
CONSULT-III take
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
U1300 [U1300] • AV control unit power supply and ground circuits. AV control unit power supply and
U121F • INTERNAL COMM • AV control unit malfunction is detected. ground circuits.
[U121F]
• Multifunction switch power supply and ground circuits
• Multifunction switch power supply
• AV COMM CIRCUIT malfunction is detected.
and ground circuits.
U1300 [U1300] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits
• AV communication circuit between
U1240 • SWITCH CONN between AV control unit and multifunction switch.
AV control unit and multifunction
[U1240] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal
switch.
between AV control unit and multifunction switch.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
U1300 BOSE amp. power supply and ground circuits are mal- BOSE amp. power supply and ground
[U1300]
U124E functioning. circuits.
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• Camera control unit power supply and ground circuits
• AV COMM CIRCUIT malfunction is detected. • Camera control unit power supply
U1300 [U1300] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuit and ground circuits.
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN between BOSE amp. and camera control unit. • AV communication circuits between
CONN [U1252] • Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal BOSE amp. and camera control unit.
between AV control unit and camera control unit.
• iPod adapter power supply and ground circuits mal-
• iPod adapter power supply and
function is detected
• AV COMM CIRCUIT ground circuits
U1300 • Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits
[U1300] • AV communication circuits between
U1254 between multifunction switch and iPod adapter.
• IPOD CONN [U1254] multifunction switch and iPod adapt-
• Malfunction is detected in AV communication signal
er.
between AV control unit and iPod adapter.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
U1300 [U1300]
Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits be- AV communication circuits between
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN
tween iPod adapter and BOSE amp. iPod adapter and BOSE amp.
U124E CONN [U1252]
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
U1300 [U1300]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits be- AV communication circuits between
U1254 CONN [U1252] tween multifunction switch and BOSE amp. multifunction switch and BOSE amp.
U124E • IPOD CONN [U1254]
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300]
U1300
• SWITCH CONN
U1240
[U1240] Malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits be- AV communication circuits between AV
U1252
• REAR CAMERA LAN tween AV control unit and multifunction switch. control unit and multifunction switch.
U1254
CONN [U1252]
U124E
• IPOD CONN [U1254]
• AMP CONN [U124E]

Revision: 2010 March AV-564 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
AV CONTROL UNIT
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129420
B
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
C
Power source Fuse No.
Battery 34
D
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Ignition switch ON or START 3
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

Check voltage between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.


G
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
M80 19
Battery power supply 22 OFF Battery voltage H
M87
24
M80 7
ACC power supply ACC Battery voltage I
M87 25
Ignition signal M87 35 ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between AV control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connectors.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors and ground. L

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
21 M
Ground M87 OFF Existed
23
Is the inspection result normal?
AV
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DISPLAY UNIT O
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129421

1.CHECK FUSE P
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19

Revision: 2010 March AV-565 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between display unit harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply M75 2 OFF Battery voltage
ACC power supply M75 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between Display unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
1
Ground M75 OFF Existed
13
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129422

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
ACC power supply M72 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between multifunction switch and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M72 1 OFF Existed

Revision: 2010 March AV-566 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
B
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129423

1.CHECK FUSE C
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No. D


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
F
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
G
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply B241 32 OFF Battery voltage
ACC power supply B241 30 ACC Battery voltage H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between camera control unit and fuse. I

3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
K
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground B241 31 OFF Existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
BOSE AMP. M

BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129424

AV
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
O
Power source Fuse No.
Battery 5, 8
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19 P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between BOSE amp. harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-567 2009 G37 Convertible


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
50
Battery power supply B42 OFF Battery voltage
51
ACC power supply B41 16 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between BOSE amp. and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BOSE amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between BOSE amp. harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
47
Ground B42 OFF Existed
52
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
iPod ADAPTER
iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129426

1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.

Power source Fuse No.


Battery 34
Ignition switch ACC or ON 19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between iPod adapter harness connector and ground.

Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
Battery power supply M111 5 OFF Battery voltage
ACC power supply M111 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Check harness between iPod adapter and fuse.

Revision: 2010 March AV-568 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371810

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129429

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector. D

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M75 17 M88 61 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground. F

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M75 17 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground. J

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal

L
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M75 17 Ground
selecting “Color Spec- M
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2238J
AV
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O

Revision: 2010 March AV-569 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371812

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129430

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M75 6 M88 62 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M75 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M75 6 Ground
selecting “Color Spec-
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2236J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-570 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371814

Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129431

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector. D

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M75 18 M88 63 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground. F

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M75 18 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground. J

(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal

L
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
play color bar by
M75 18 Ground
selecting “Color Spec- M
trum Bar” on DISPLAY
DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2237J
AV
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O

Revision: 2010 March AV-571 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371816

Transmit the RGB synchronizing signal to the display unit so as to synchronize the RGB image displayed with
AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129432

1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M75 19 M88 65 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M75 19 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal

M75 19 Ground

SKIB3603E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-572 2009 G37 Convertible


RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371818

Transmits the display area of RGB image displayed by AV control unit with RGB area (YS) signal to display B
unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129433

C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit E


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M75 9 M88 67 Existed
F
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M75 9 Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
2.CHECK RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+) K
Reference value
Display unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
L
At RGB image is displayed. 5.0 V

M
M75 9 Ground At rear view camera image
is displayed.
AV

PKIB4948J

Is the inspection result normal? O


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-573 2009 G37 Convertible


HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371820

In composite image (AUX image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizontal synchronizing
(HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images displayed with AV control
unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129434

1.CHECK CONTINUITY HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.

Display unit AV control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M75 8 M88 68 Existed
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.

Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M75 8 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal

M75 8 Ground

SKIB3601E

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace display unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-574 2009 G37 Convertible


VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371822

In composite image (AUX image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizontal synchronizing B
(HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images displayed with AV control
unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129435 C

1.CHECK CONTINUITY VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
E
Display unit AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M75 20 M88 69 Existed F

4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.


G
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M75 20 Not existed H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. I

2.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL


1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector and ground.
K
(+)
Display unit (−) Reference value
Connector Terminal L

M
M75 20 Ground

AV
SKIB3598E

Is the inspection result normal?


O
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
NO >> Replace display unit.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-575 2009 G37 Convertible


AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371824

Transmits the image signal of external device from auxiliary input jacks to display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129436

1.CHECK CONTINUITY AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect auxiliary input jacks connector and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and display unit harness connector.

Auxiliary input jacks Display unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

M154*1
7 M75 15 Existed
M362*2
• *1: A/T models
• *2: M/T models
4. Check continuity between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and ground.

Auxiliary input jacks


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
M154*1
7 Not existed
M362*2
• *1: A/T models
• *2: M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AUX IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect auxiliary input jacks connector and display unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between auxiliary input jacks harness connector and ground.

(+)
Auxiliary input jacks (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

M154*1

7 Ground At AUX image is displayed.


M362*2

SKIB2251J

• *1: A/T models


• *2: M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Check that there is no malfunction in the external device.

Revision: 2010 March AV-576 2009 G37 Convertible


DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371828

The eject signal is output to AV control unit when the eject switch of multifunction switch is pressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129437

1.CHECK CONTINUITY CD EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and AV control unit harness connector. D

Multifunction switch AV control unit


Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M72 14 M89 85 Existed
4. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground. F

Multifunction switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M72 14 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE I
1. Connect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground. J

(+)
Voltage K
AV control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Pressing the eject switch 0V
M89 85 Ground L
Except for above 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace preset switch. M
NO >> Replace AV control unit.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-577 2009 G37 Convertible


MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004371830

Supply power from AV control unit to microphone. The microphone transmits the sound/voice to the AV control
unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129438

1.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN AV CONTROL UNIT AND MICROPHONE CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and microphone connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and microphone harness connector.

AV control unit Microphone


Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
26 4
M87 27 R7 2 Existed
28 1
4. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.

AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
26
M87 Not existed
28
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE MICROPHONE VCC
1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.

(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M87 26 M87 27 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL
1. Connect microphone connector.
2. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector.

Revision: 2010 March AV-578 2009 G37 Convertible


MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

(+) (−) A
AV control unit AV control unit Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B

C
M87 28 M87 27 Give a voice.

D
PKIB5037J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace AV control unit. E
NO >> Replace microphone.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-579 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA
CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000004371832

• Camera control unit outputs camera power supply to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image
signal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the dis-
play unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129641

1.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and rear view camera harness connec-
tor.

Camera control unit Rear view camera


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B241 8 B311 1 Existed
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B241 8 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK VOLTAGE CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
1. Connect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Shift position is “R”.
4. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B241 8 Ground Shift position is “R”. 6.0 V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and rear view camera harness connec-
tor.

Camera control unit Rear view camera


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B241 6 B311 3 Existed

Revision: 2010 March AV-580 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CON-
TROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
A
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B
B241 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Shift position is “R”.
4. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground. E

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value F
Connector Terminal

At rear view camera im-


B241 6 Ground
age is displayed. H

SKIB2251J
I
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace camera control unit.
NO >> Replace rear view camera. J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-581 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY
UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO DIS-
PLAY UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000004371836

• Camera control unit outputs camera power supply to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image
signal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the dis-
play unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129644

1.CHECK CONTINUITY CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and display unit harness connector.

Camera control unit Display unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B241 12 M75 12 Existed
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Camera control unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B241 12 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector and display unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal

At rear view camera


B241 12 Ground
image is displayed.

SKIB2251J

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-582 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371838

• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to B
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed C
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129439
D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.
F
Camera control unit Steering angle sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
G
23 3
B241 M37 Existed
24 4
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground. H

Camera control unit


Continuity I
Connector Terminals
Ground
23
B241 Not existed
24 J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. K
2.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
1. Connect camera control unit connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
M
(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals AV
23
B241 Ground 5.0 V
24
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
P
3.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2
1. Connect steering angle sensor connector.
2. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 March AV-583 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 1, 2 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals

Turn the steering to the right

SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
B241 23, 24 Ground

Turn the steering to the left

SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.

Revision: 2010 March AV-584 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371840

• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to B
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed C
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129440
D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.
F
Camera control unit Steering angle sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
G
B241 25 M37 5 Existed
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals Ground
I
B241 25 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 3
K
1. Connect camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
L
(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.) M
Connector Terminals
B241 25 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? AV
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK SENSOR SIGNAL 3 O

1. Connect steering angle sensor connector.


2. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-585 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL 3 CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals

Turn the steering around the


B241 25 Ground
neutral position

SKIB3829E

A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.

Revision: 2010 March AV-586 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371842

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129441

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT C


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.
D
AV control unit Spiral cable
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
M80 6 M36 24 Existed
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
F
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
G
M80 6 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.
L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
M80 6 M80 15 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? AV
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-587, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004371844

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.

Revision: 2010 March AV-587 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and
17
ENTER switch ON : 2003 – 2043 Ω
switch ON : 716 – 730 Ω
MENU DOWN switch ON : 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : 120 – 122 Ω
SOURCE switch ON :0Ω
JSNIA0112GB

Between terminals 15 and


17
switch ON : 716 – 730 Ω
switch ON : 318 – 324 Ω
VOL UP switch ON : 120 – 122 Ω
VOL DOWN switch ON :0Ω

Revision: 2010 March AV-588 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371845

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129442

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT C


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.
D
AV control unit Spiral cable
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
M80 16 M36 31 Existed
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
F
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
G
M80 16 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.
L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
M80 16 M80 15 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? AV
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-589, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004371847

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.

Revision: 2010 March AV-589 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and
17
ENTER switch ON : 2003 – 2043 Ω
switch ON : 716 – 730 Ω
MENU DOWN switch ON : 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : 120 – 122 Ω
SOURCE switch ON :0Ω
JSNIA0112GB

Between terminals 15 and


17
switch ON : 716 – 730 Ω
switch ON : 318 – 324 Ω
VOL UP switch ON : 120 – 122 Ω
VOL DOWN switch ON :0Ω

Revision: 2010 March AV-590 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000004371848

Transmits the steering switch signal to AV control unit. B


Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005129443

1.CHECK STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT C


1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.
D
AV control unit Spiral cable
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
M80 15 M36 33 Existed
3. Connect AV control unit connector.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE G

Check spiral cable.


Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT I
1. Connect AV control unit connector.
2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
J
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
K
M80 15 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-591, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
AV
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004371850 O

Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector terminals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.
P

Revision: 2010 March AV-591 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Standard
Between terminals 14 and
17
ENTER switch ON : 2003 – 2043 Ω
switch ON : 716 – 730 Ω
MENU DOWN switch ON : 318 – 324 Ω
MENU UP switch ON : 120 – 122 Ω
SOURCE switch ON :0Ω
JSNIA0112GB

Between terminals 15 and


17
switch ON : 716 – 730 Ω
switch ON : 318 – 324 Ω
VOL UP switch ON : 120 – 122 Ω
VOL DOWN switch ON :0Ω

Revision: 2010 March AV-592 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


AV CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371851
B

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM C
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

Ignition switch Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH) On


VHCL SPD SIG D
ON Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH) Off

Ignition switch Parking brake is applied. On


PKB SIG
ON Parking brake is released. Off
E
Ignition switch Light switch ON On
ILLUM SIG
ON Light switch OFF Off
Ignition switch F
— On
ON
IGN SIG
Ignition switch
— Off
ACC G
Ignition switch Selector lever in R position On
REV SIG
ON Selector lever in any position other than R Off
H
TERMINAL LAYOUT

K
JPNIA0004ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
L
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition M
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

AV

Ignition
2 3
Sound signal LH Output switch Sound output
(P) (L) O
ON

SKIB3609E
P

Ignition
4 5
Voice guidance signal Output switch Sound output
(BR) (Y)
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-593 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Keep pressing SOURCE
0V
switch.

Keep pressing switch. 1.0 V


Ignition Keep pressing switch. 2.0 V
6 15
Steering switch signal A Input switch
(P) (B)
ON Keep pressing switch 3.0 V

Keep pressing ENTER


4.0 V
switch.
Except for above. 5.0 V
Ignition
7
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(GR)
ACC

9 Lighting switch is OFF. 0V


Ground Illumination signal Input OFF
(L) Lighting switch is ON. 12.0 V
10
— Shield — — — —
(B)

Ignition
11 12
Sound signal RH Output switch Sound output
(R) (G)
ON

SKIB3609E

Keep pressing VOL DOWN


0V
switch.
Keep pressing VOL UP
Ignition 1.0 V
16 15 switch.
Steering switch signal B Input switch
(L) (B) 2.0 V
ON Keep pressing switch.

Keep pressing switch. 3.0 V

Except for above. 5.0 V


Ignition
19
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
21
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
22
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
23
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
24
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
25
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC

Revision: 2010 March AV-594 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition B
26
27 Microphone VCC Output switch — 5.0 V
(G)
ON
C

Ignition
28
(R)
27 Microphone signal Input switch Give a voice D
ON

PKIB5037J E
Ignition
35
Ground Ignition signal Input switch — Battery voltage
(G)
ON
F
Parking brake ON 0V

G
Ignition
36
Ground Parking brake signal Input switch
(SB) Parking brake OFF
ON
H

JSNIA0007GB

Ignition R position 12.0 V I


37
Ground Reverse signal Input switch
(O) Other than R position 0V
ON
NOTE: J
Maximum voltage may be 12.0 V
due to specifications (connected
units).
Ignition
K
38 Vehicle speed signal (8- When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(GR) pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON
L

SKIA6649J
M
Connected to camera con-
Ignition 0V
40 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector.
Ground Input switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V
control unit connector. AV
Ignition
42
Ground Control signal 2 Input switch — 0V
(B)
ON O
48 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(V) (H) Output
49 AV communication signal Input/ P
— — — —
(LG) (L) Output
50 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(G) (H) Output
51 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output

Revision: 2010 March AV-595 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
52 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output
53 Input/
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
61 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Output switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
62 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Output switch
(B) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
63 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Output switch
(R) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J

64 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
65
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output switch —
(G)
ON

JPNIA0461GB

66 — Shield — — — —
At RGB image displayed 5.0 V

Ignition
67
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output switch At rear view camera image
(B)
ON is displayed.

PKIB4948J

Revision: 2010 March AV-596 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
68 Horizontal synchronizing C
Ground Input switch —
(R) (HP) signal
ON

SKIB3601E D

E
Ignition
69 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Input switch —
(W) signal
ON
F
SKIB3598E

Ignition
70 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(L) (CONT→DISP)
ON
brightness. H

PKIB5039J
I

Ignition J
71 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(P) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON

K
PKIB5039J

72 — Shield — — — —
L

Ignition
79 95 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal LH Input switch M
(R) (W) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E AV

Ignition
O
80 96 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal RH Input switch
(B) (G) ed.
ON
P
SKIB3609E

81 — Shield — — — —

85 Pressing the eject switch 0V


Ground Disk eject signal Input —
(SB) Except for above 5.0 V
86 — Shield — — — —

Revision: 2010 March AV-597 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
87 88 When AUX mode is select-
AUX sound signal LH Input switch
(W) (B) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
102
Ground Switch ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON

Ignition
103 88 When AUX mode is select-
AUX sound signal RH Input switch
(R) (B) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

106 — AM-FM main Input — — —


Ignition
107 Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Input switch — 12.0 V
ON
Ignition
Not connected to satellite
108 Ground Satellite antenna signal Input switch 5.0 V
antenna connector.
ON
109 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
Not connected GPS anten-
110 Ground GPS antenna signal Input switch 5.0 V
na connector.
ON
111 — Shield — — — —

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004371852

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-598 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2434GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-599 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2435GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-600 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2436GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-601 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2437GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-602 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2438GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-603 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2439GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-604 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2440GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-605 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2441GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-606 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2442GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-607 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2443GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-608 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2444GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-609 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2445GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-610 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2446GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-611 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2447GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-612 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2448GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-613 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2449GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-614 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2450GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-615 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2451GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-616 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2452GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-617 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2453GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-618 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2454GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-619 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2455GB

Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000004371853

When the ambiance temperature becomes extremely low or extremely high, or when HDD is malfunctioning,
AV control unit displays the message and limits the AV control unit function.
FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONS
• When the ambiance temperature is −20°C (−4°F) or lower, or when it is 70°C (158°F) or higher
• when HDD is malfunctioning

Revision: 2010 March AV-620 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Display
The messages displayed on fail-safe conditions are as shown below: A

JPNIA0414GB D

Fail-safe mode Display (display of the fail-safe condition) E


HDD system is experiencing problems due to extreme low temperature.
When HDD temperature is low
Normal operation will resume when temperature rises.
HDD system is experiencing problems due to extreme high temperature. F
When HDD temperature is high
Normal operation will resume when temperature drops.
HDD system is not functioning.
When HDD is malfunctioning
Please contact your dealer for assistance. G
DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS

Function When Fail-safe Function is activated


H

Operation Only multifunction switch (preset switch) can be operated.


Air conditioner • LED of multifunction switch (preset switch) illuminates.
Display I
• Aimed temperature, blow angle, and flow rate are displayed in simplified mode.
Operation Only ON/OFF and volume control operations by multifunction switch (preset switch) are possible.
Audio
Display No display (“Fail-safe mode” is displayed) J
Operation Image tone cannot be controlled.
Camera
Display Cannot be superimposed. (warning display, tone control display)
Hands-free phone Operation Cannot be operated. K
Navigation Operation Cannot be operated.
Self diagnosis The display in simplified mode of fail-safe condition L
CONSULT-III diagnosis Cannot be operated.

Ability Operation Mode


There is an ability operation mode for Fail-safes due to low or high ambiance temperature. M
If HDD data can be read, fail-safe is shown, then normal displays are displayed only for functions which can be
operated.
RELEASE CONDITIONS OF FAIL-SAFE AV
Fail-safe is released on following conditions and normal mode is restored.
When the temperature of HDD is low or high
O
If the ambient temperature becomes out of fail-safe condition range, normal mode is restored.
When HDD is malfunctioning
If the malfunction disappears, normal mode is restored. P
NOTE:
• If fail-safe mode due to HDD malfunction is seen continuously, replace AV control unit.
• If fail-safe mode due to HDD malfunction is seen temporarily, check the “Error History” of Confirmation/
Adjustment mode. If this is normal, then continue the normal operation, observing the function. (It might be a
temporary malfunction of HDD.)

Revision: 2010 March AV-621 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004371854

SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM

DTC Display item Refer to


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] AV-525, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [1010] AV-526, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U1310 CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310] AV-527, "DTC Logic"
U1200 Control Unit FLASH-ROM [1200] AV-528, "DTC Logic"
U1201 GYRO NO CONN [1201] AV-529, "DTC Logic"
U1216 CAN CONT [U1216] AV-530, "DTC Logic"
U1217 BLUETOOTH MODULE CONN [U1217] AV-531, "DTC Logic"
U1218 HDD CONN [U1218] AV-532, "DTC Logic"
U1219 HDD READ [U1219] AV-533, "DTC Logic"
U1220 XM SERIAL COMM [U1220] AV-534, "DTC Logic"
U121A HDD-WRITE [U121A] AV-535, "DTC Logic"
U121B HDD-COMM [U121B] AV-536, "DTC Logic"
U121C HDD-ACCESS [U121C] AV-537, "DTC Logic"
U121D DSP CONN [U121D] AV-538, "DTC Logic"
U121E DSP COMM [U121E] AV-539, "DTC Logic"
U121F INTERNAL COMM [U121F] AV-540, "DTC Logic"
U1204 GPS COMM [U1204] AV-541, "DTC Logic"
U1205 GPS ROM [U1205] AV-542, "DTC Logic"
U1206 GPS RAM [U1206] AV-543, "DTC Logic"
U1207 GPS RTC [U1207] AV-544, "DTC Logic"
U1231 AMP TEMP [U1231] AV-545, "DTC Logic"
U1243 FRONT DISP CONN [U1243] AV-546, "DTC Logic"
U1244 GPS ANTENNA CONN [U1244] AV-548, "DTC Logic"
U1250 CAMERA CONT. CONN [U1250] AV-549, "DTC Logic"
U1258 XM ANTENNA CONN [U1258] AV-550, "DTC Logic"
U1260 CENTER SP OPEN [U1260] AV-551, "DTC Logic"
U1261 CENTER SP SHORT [U1261] AV-551, "DTC Logic"
U1262 CENTER SP GND-SHORT [U1262] AV-551, "DTC Logic"
U1263 CENTER SP VB-SHORT [U1263] AV-551, "DTC Logic"
U1264 FR-DOOR SP OPEN [U1264] AV-552, "DTC Logic"
U1265 FR-DOOR SP SHORT [U1265] AV-552, "DTC Logic"
U1266 FR-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U1266] AV-552, "DTC Logic"
U1267 FR-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U1267] AV-552, "DTC Logic"
U1268 RR-SP/FR-WOOFER OPEN [U1268] AV-553, "DTC Logic"
U1269 RR-SP/FR-WOOFER SHORT [U1269] AV-553, "DTC Logic"
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER GND-SHORT
U126A AV-553, "DTC Logic"
[U126A]
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER VB-SHORT
U126B AV-553, "DTC Logic"
[U126B]
U126C RR-SURROUND SP OPEN [U126C] AV-554, "DTC Logic"
U126D RR-SURROUND SP SHORT [U126D] AV-554, "DTC Logic"

Revision: 2010 March AV-622 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DTC Display item Refer to
A
RR-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT
U126E AV-554, "DTC Logic"
[U126E]
U126F RR-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U126F] AV-554, "DTC Logic"
B
U1274 RL-SURROUND SP OPEN [U1274] AV-555, "DTC Logic"
U1275 RL-SURROUND SP SHORT [U1275] AV-555, "DTC Logic"
RL-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT C
U1276 AV-555, "DTC Logic"
[U1276]
U1277 RL-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U1277] AV-555, "DTC Logic"
U1278 RL-SP/FL-WOOFER OPEN [U1278] AV-556, "DTC Logic" D
U1279 RL-SP/FL-WOOFER SHORT [U1279] AV-556, "DTC Logic"
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER GND-SHORT
U127A AV-556, "DTC Logic" E
[U127A]
U127B RL-SP/FL-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U127B] AV-556, "DTC Logic"
U127C FL-DOOR SP OPEN [U127C] AV-557, "DTC Logic"
F
U127D FL-DOOR SP SHORT [U127D] AV-557, "DTC Logic"
U127E FL-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U127E] AV-557, "DTC Logic"
U127F FL-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U127F] AV-557, "DTC Logic" G
U1280 FL-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1280] AV-558, "DTC Logic"
U1281 FL-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1281] AV-558, "DTC Logic"
H
U1282 FL-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U1282] AV-558, "DTC Logic"
U1283 FL-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U1283] AV-558, "DTC Logic"
U1284 FL-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U1284] AV-559, "DTC Logic" I
U1285 FL-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U1285] AV-559, "DTC Logic"
U1286 FL-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U1286] AV-559, "DTC Logic"
J
U1287 FL-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U1287] AV-559, "DTC Logic"
U1288 FR-SEAT L-SP OPEN [U1288] AV-560, "DTC Logic"
U1289 FR-SEAT L-SP SHORT [U1289] AV-560, "DTC Logic" K
U128A FR-SEAT L-SP GND-SHORT [U128A] AV-560, "DTC Logic"
U128B FR-SEAT L-SP VB-SHORT [U128B] AV-560, "DTC Logic"
U128C FR-SEAT R-SP OPEN [U128C] AV-561, "DTC Logic" L
U128D FR-SEAT R-SP SHORT [U128D] AV-561, "DTC Logic"
U128E FR-SEAT R-SP GND-SHORT [U128E] AV-561, "DTC Logic"
M
U128F FR-SEAT R-SP VB-SHORT [U128F] AV-561, "DTC Logic"
U1290 CORRECT MICRO OPEN [U1290] AV-562, "DTC Logic"
U1291 CORRECT MICRO SHORT [U1291] AV-562, "DTC Logic" AV
U1292 CORRECT MICRO GND-SHORT [U1292] AV-562, "DTC Logic"
U1293 CORRECT MICRO VB-SHORT [U1293] AV-562, "DTC Logic"
O
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-564, "Description"
U121F • INTERNAL COMM [U121F]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-564, "Description" P
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-564, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-564, "Description"
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-564, "Description"
U1254 • IPOD CONN [U1254]

Revision: 2010 March AV-623 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DTC Display item Refer to
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] AV-564, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
AV-564, "Description"
U1254 • IPOD CONN [U1254]
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240]
U1252 • REAR CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] AV-564, "Description"
U1254 • IPOD CONN [U1254]
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]

Revision: 2010 March AV-624 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371855

TERMINAL LAYOUT B

JPNIA0006ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES F

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition G
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition H
1
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
2 I
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
3 J
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(LG)
ACC
4
— Shield — — — —
(B) K
Ignition
5
Ground AUX image ground — switch — 0V
(R)
ON
L

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
6
Ignition
play color bar by selecting
M
Ground RGB signal (G: green) Input switch
(B) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen. AV
SKIB2236J

7 — Shield — — — —
O

Ignition
8 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Output switch — P
(R) (HP) signal
ON

SKIB3601E

Revision: 2010 March AV-625 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
At RGB image is displayed. 5.0 V

Ignition
9
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input switch At rear view camera image
(B)
ON is displayed.

PKIB4948J

Ignition
11 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(L) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON

PKIB5039J

Ignition
12 At rear view camera image
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(W) is displayed.
ON

SKIB2251J

Ignition
13
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
14 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
15
Ground AUX image signal Input switch At AUX image is displayed.
(G)
ON

SKIB2251J

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
17 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (R: red) Input switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J

Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
18 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB signal (B: blue) Input switch
(R) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J

Revision: 2010 March AV-626 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
19 C
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input switch —
(G)
ON

JPNIA0461GB D

E
Ignition
20 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Output switch —
(W) signal
ON
F
SKIB3598E

21 — Shield — — — —
G

Ignition H
22 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(P) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON

I
PKIB5039J

23 — Shield — — — —
J
Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928938

NOTE:
K

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-627 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.

JCNWA2434GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-628 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2435GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-629 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2436GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-630 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2437GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-631 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2438GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-632 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2439GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-633 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2440GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-634 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2441GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-635 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2442GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-636 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2443GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-637 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2444GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-638 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2445GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-639 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2446GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-640 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2447GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-641 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2448GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-642 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2449GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-643 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2450GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-644 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2451GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-645 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2452GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-646 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2453GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-647 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2454GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-648 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2455GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-649 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371857

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSNIA0987ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
14 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
15 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
Ignition
16
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — 12.0 V
(W)
ACC

Ignition
29 9
Sound signal LH Input switch Sound output
(P) (L)
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
30 10
Sound signal RH Input switch Sound output
(R) (G)
ON

SKIB3609E

Microphone signal Ignition


31 11
Input switch When inputting noise.
(Y) (G) (for AudioPilot®) ON

PKIA2104E

Revision: 2010 March AV-650 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
32 12 When inputting voice guid- C
Voice guidance signal Input switch
(V) (SB) ance.
ON

SKIB3609E D
33 — Shield — — — —
34 AV communication signal Input/
(G)

(H) Output
— — — E
35 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
F
Ignition Retractable hard top is fully
40 13.0 V
Ground Roof status signal (audio) Input switch closed.
(V)
ON Other than above. 0V
G

Ignition H
41 42 Sound signal door woofer
Output switch Sound output
(B) (W) LH
ON

I
SKIB3609E

J
Ignition
45 46 Sound signal door woofer
Output switch Sound output
(G) (R) RH
ON
K

SKIB3609E

47
Ignition L
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
50 M
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
51 AV
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(GR)
OFF
Ignition
52
(B)
Ground Ground — switch — 0V O
ON

P
Ignition
54 49 Sound signal rear woofer
Output switch Sound output
(L) (P) LH
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-651 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
56 69 Sound signal front RH
Output switch Sound output
(W) (B) headrest LH
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
57 58 Sound signal center speak-
Output switch Sound output
(O) (P) er
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
59 72
Sound signal front LH Input switch Sound output
(P) (W)
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
62 73
Sound signal front RH Input switch Sound output
(V) (LG)
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
63 74 Sound signal front LH
Input switch Sound output
(G) (Y) headrest LH
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
64 75 Sound signal front LH
Input switch Sound output
(W) (B) headrest RH
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-652 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B

Ignition
68 55 Sound signal rear woofer C
Output switch Sound output
(LG) (O) RH
ON

SKIB3609E D

E
Ignition
71 70 Sound signal front RH
Input switch Sound output
(Y) (G) headrest RH
ON
F
SKIB3609E

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928940 G

NOTE:
H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-653 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.

JCNWA2434GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-654 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2435GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-655 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2436GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-656 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2437GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-657 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2438GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-658 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2439GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-659 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2440GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-660 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2441GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-661 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2442GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-662 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2443GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-663 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2444GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-664 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2445GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-665 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2446GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-666 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2447GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-667 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2448GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-668 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2449GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-669 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2450GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-670 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2451GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-671 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2452GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-672 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2453GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-673 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2454GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-674 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2455GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-675 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
IPOD ADAPTER
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371861

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSNIA0618ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

Ignition
1 13 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal LH Output switch
(R) (W) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
2 14 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal RH Output switch
(B) (G) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Ignition
3
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
4 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
Ignition
5
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
8
(W)
Ground iPod battery charge Output switch Connected to iPod®. 12.0 V
ON

Revision: 2010 March AV-676 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE: B
After the wave pattern display,
the value continues Approx 3.3 V
C
Communication signal Ignition The wave pattern is dis-
9
Ground Output switch played just after iPod con-
(P) (iPod adapter→iPod®) ON nection.
D

JPNIA0462GB

Communication signal Ignition F


10
Ground ® Input switch Connected to iPod®.
(L) (iPod →iPod adapter) ON

G
JPNIA0462GB

Ignition
11
(O)
Ground ACCESSORY IDENTIFY — switch Connected to iPod®. 0V H
ON

I
Ignition
12 14 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal RH Input switch
(W) (G) ed.
ON
J

SKIB3609E

15 — Shield — — — — K
16 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(G) (H) Output

17
Ignition L
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
19 — Shield — — — — M
Ignition Not connected to iPod®. 4.0 V
21 iPod connection recogni-
Ground Input switch
(W) tion signal
ON Connected to iPod®. 0V
AV
Ignition
22
(G)
Ground ACCESSORY DETECT — switch Connected to iPod®. 0V
ON
Ignition
O
23
Ground iPod sound signal ground — switch — 0V
(R)
ON
P

Ignition
24 13 When iPod mode is select-
iPod sound signal LH Input switch
(B) (W) ed.
ON

SKIB3609E

Revision: 2010 March AV-677 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928941

NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.

JCNWA2434GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-678 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2435GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-679 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2436GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-680 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2437GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-681 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2438GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-682 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2439GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-683 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2440GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-684 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2441GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-685 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2442GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-686 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2443GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-687 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2444GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-688 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2445GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-689 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2446GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-690 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2447GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-691 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2448GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-692 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2449GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-693 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2450GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-694 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2451GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-695 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2452GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-696 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2453GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-697 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2454GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-698 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2455GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-699 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004371863

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JPNIA0007ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
5 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
6 At rear view camera image
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(B) is displayed.
ON

SKIB2251J

Ignition
7
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON
Ignition R position 6.0 V
8
Ground Camera power supply Output switch
(R) Other than R position 0V
ON
11 — Shield — — — —

Ignition
12 At rear view camera image
Ground Camera image signal Output switch
(W) is displayed.
ON

SKIB2251J

Connected to camera con-


Ignition 0V
14 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector.
Ground Output switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V
control unit connector.
17 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
18 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
19 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output

Revision: 2010 March AV-700 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
20 AV communication signal Input/ B
— — — —
(G) (H) Output
Ignition R position 12.0 V
22
Ground Reverse signal Input switch C
(GR) Other than R position 0V
ON

Turn the steering to the


right. E

SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition F
23 B: Sensor signal 2
Ground Sensor signal 1 Input switch
(L)
ON
G

Turn the steering to the left.


H

SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2 I

Turn the steering to the


right.
K
SKIB3827E

A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2 L
24
Ground Sensor signal 2 Input switch
(BR)
ON

Turn the steering to the left.


AV
SKIB3828E

A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2 O

P
Ignition
25 Turn the steering around
Ground Sensor signal 3 Input switch
(O) the neutral position.
ON

SKIB3829E

A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1

Revision: 2010 March AV-701 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE:
Maximum voltage may be 12.0 V
due to specifications (connected
units).
Ignition
26 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(V) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH)
ON

SKIA6649J

Ignition
30
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(SB)
ACC
Ignition
31
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
32
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF

Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004928942

NOTE:

Revision: 2010 March AV-702 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually. A

AV

JCNWA2434GB P

Revision: 2010 March AV-703 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2435GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-704 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2436GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-705 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2437GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-706 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2438GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-707 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2439GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-708 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2440GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-709 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2441GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-710 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2442GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-711 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2443GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-712 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2444GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-713 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2445GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-714 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2446GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-715 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2447GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-716 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2448GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-717 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2449GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-718 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2450GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-719 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2451GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-720 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2452GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-721 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2453GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-722 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

AV

JCNWA2454GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-723 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

JCNWA2455GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-724 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000004371865
B

RELATED TO NAVIGATION
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom C

Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take


• Multifunction switch power supply and ground circuit. D
• All switches cannot be operated.
• AV communication circuit between AV control unit and
• “MULTI AV” is displayed on system
multifunction switch.
selection screen when the CON-
Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-519,
SULT-III is started. E
"CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
• All switches cannot be operated.
Multifunction switch and preset AV control unit power supply and ground circuit malfunc-
• “MULTI AV” is not displayed on sys-
switch operation does not work. tion. Refer to AV-565, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis F
tem selection screen when the CON-
Procedure".
SULT-III is initialized.
Multifunction switch or preset switch malfunction.
Only specified switch cannot be operat- Perform multifunction switch and preset switch self-di- G
ed. agnosis function. Refer to AV-502, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
There is malfunction in the CONSULT- Perform detected DTC self-diagnosis.
H
III self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Fuel economy display, vehicle set-
ting operation is abnormal. Ignition signal circuit malfunction.
There is no malfunction in the self-diag-
Refer to AV-565, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Pro-
nosis results. I
cedure".
On the setting display select “system
Guide sound is not heard or too
sound (guide sound volume, etc.),” and Voice guidance singal circuit malfunction.
low.
confirm that guide sound is ON. J

RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE


• Check that the cellular phone is corresponding type (Bluetooth™ correspond) when the hands-free related K
malfunction vehicle is in service before performing a diagnosis.
• There is a case that malfunction occurs due to the version change of the phone type, etc. even though it is a
corresponding type. Therefore, confirm it by changing the cellular phone to another corresponding type
phone, and check that it operates normally. It is necessary to distinguish whether the cause is the vehicle or L
cellular phone.
Simple Check for Bluetooth™ Communication
M
If cellular phone and AV control unit cannot be connected with Bluetooth™ communication, following proce-
dure allows the technician to judge which device has malfunction.
1. Turn on a cellular phone, not connecting Bluetooth™ communication. AV

2. Start CONSULT-III, then start Windows .
3. Set CONSULT-III near a cellular phone.
O
4. When operated Bluetooth™ registration by cellular phone, check
if CONSULT-III* would be displayed on the device name.
(If other Bluetooth™ device is located near cellular phone, a P
name of the device would be displayed also.)
NOTE:
*:Displayed device name is “NISSAN- ”.
• If no device name is displayed, cellular phone is malfunctioning.
Repair the cellular phone first, then perform diagnosis.
• If CONSULT-III is displayed on device name, cellular phone is nor-
mal. Perform diagnosis as per the following table. JPNIA0441GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-725 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom

Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location


Does not recognize cellular
phone connection. (no connec- AV control unit malfunction.
tion is displayed on the display Repeat the registration of cellular phone. Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded
at the guide.) View".

• Hands-free phone operation can be


made, but the communication cannot
be established. AV control unit malfunction.
Hands-free phone cannot be
• Hands-free phone operation can be Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded
established.
performed, however, voice between View".
each other cannot be heard during the
conversation.
Check the “microphone speaker” in In- AV control unit malfunction.
spection & Adjustment Mode if sound is Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded
The other party's voice cannot heard. View".
be heard by hands-free phone. Check the “microphone speaker” in In- AV control unit malfunction.
spection & Adjustment Mode if sound is Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded
not heard. View".
AV control unit malfunction.
Originating sound is not heard Sound operation function is normal. Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded
by the other party with hands- View".
free phone communication. Microphone signal circuit malfunction.
Sound operation function does not work.
Refer to AV-578, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• The retractable hard top is fully closed.
Roof status signal circuit malfunction.
• The voice recognition cannot be con-
Refer to Roof section. Refer to RF-8, "Work Flow".
trolled.
• The retractable hard top is fully closed.
• The voice recognition can be controlled.
• Steering switch's ”VOL UP”, “VOL Steering switch malfunction.
Refer to AV-751, "Exploded View".
DOWN”, “ ” switch works, but “ ” it
The system cannot be operat-
ed. does not work.
• The retractable hard top is fully closed.
• The voice recognition can be controlled. Steering switch signal B circuit malfunction.
• Steering switch's “ ”, ”VOL UP”, “VOL Refer to AV-589, "Diagnosis Procedure".
DOWN”, “ ” switches do not work.
Steering switch signal GND circuit malfunction.
All steering switches do not work.
Refer to AV-591, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO CAMERA
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom

Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location


• Horizontal synchronizing (HP) signal circuit malfunc-
tion between AV control unit and display unit.
Camera image is not displayed
Refer to AV-574, "Diagnosis Procedure".
(displayed in black and nothing AUX image is not displayed.
• Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal circuit malfunction
can be displayed)
between AV control unit and display unit.
Refer to AV-575, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Camera image is not shown. Camera image signal circuit between camera control
(Vehicle width and possible — unit and rear view camera.
route line is displayed.) Refer to AV-580, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 March AV-726 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location
A
There is malfunction in the CONSULT-III Perform detected DTC self-diagnosis.
self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Camera image signal circuit malfunction between cam-
AUX image is normal. era control unit and display unit. B
Camera image is not displayed. Refer to AV-582, "Diagnosis Procedure".
(Only warning message under RGB area (YS) signal circuit malfunction between AV
area is displayed.) AUX image is not displayed. control unit and display unit. C
Refer to AV-573, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Select “Camera Cont.” of confirmation/Ad-
justment mode, Reverse Sensor is not Reverse signal circuit malfunction (camera control unit). D
turned ON at “Connection Confirmation”.
Vertical synchronizing (VP) signal circuit malfunction be-
CAMERA image is rolling. AUX image is also rolling. tween AV control unit and display unit.
Refer to AV-575, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Malfunction of self-diagnosis result is indi- Camera connection recognition signal circuit malfunc-
cated. tion.
Camera image does not switch. F
Malfunction of self-diagnosis result is not
Reverse signal circuit malfunction (AV control unit).
indicated.
“Steer. Angle Sensor” turns ON at “Confir-
Sensor signal 3 circuit malfunction. G
mation/Adjustment” of on board diagnosis
Refer to AV-585, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Possible route line is indicated item “Camera Cont.” turns ON.
abnormally when camera im- • Sensor signal 1circuit.
age is displayed. “Steer. Angle Sensor” turns ON at “Confir-
Refer to AV-583, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
mation/Adjustment” of on board diagnosis
• Sensor signal 2 circuit.
item “Camera Cont.” does not turns ON.
Refer to AV-583, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO RGB IMAGE I


Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom
J
Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take
• All RGB images are not shown.
• “MULTI AV” is displayed on system se- Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
lection screen when the CONSULT-III Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)". K
is started.
RGB image is not shown.
• All RGB images are not shown. AV control unit power supply and ground circuit malfunc-
• “MULTI AV” is not displayed on system tion. L
selection screen when the CONSULT- Refer to AV-565, "AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Proce-
III is started. dure".
RGB signal (R: red) circuit malfunction between AV con-
M
Light blue (Cyan) tint. trol unit and display unit.
Refer to AV-569, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB signal (G: green) circuit malfunction between AV
Color of RGB image is not AV
Purple (Magenta) tint. control unit and display unit.
proper.
Refer to AV-570, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB signal (B: blue) circuit malfunction between AV con-
Screen looks yellowish. trol unit and display unit. O
Refer toAV-571, "Diagnosis Procedure".
RGB synchronizing signal circuit malfunction between AV
RGB screen is rolling. — control unit and display unit.
P
Refer to AV-572, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO VOICE CONTROL


Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom

Revision: 2010 March AV-727 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location


AV control unit malfunction.
Voice sounds at “Voice Microphone Test”
Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-738, "Exploded
The voice cannot be controlled of Confirmation/Adjustment mode.
View".
even if the voice control screen
is displayed. Voice does not sound at “Voice Micro-
Microphone circuit malfunction.
phone Test” of Confirmation/Adjustment
Refer to AV-578, "Diagnosis Procedure".
mode.
• Steering switch's “SOURCE”, “MENU
UP”, “MENU DOWN”, “ENTER” switch
Roof status signal circuit malfunction.
works, but “ ” it does not work. Refer to Roof section. Refer to RF-8, "Work Flow".
• Hands-free phone system cannot be
operated.
• Steering switch's “SOURCE”, “MENU
The voice cannot be controlled UP”, “MENU DOWN”, “ENTER” switch Steering switch malfunction.
(Voice control screen is not dis- works, but “ ” it does not work. Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-751, "Exploded
played). • Hands-free phone system can be oper- View".
ated.
Steering switch's “SOURCE”, “MENU
Steering switch signal A circuit malfunction.
UP”, “MENU DOWN”, “ ”, “ENTER” Refer to AV-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".
switches do not work.
Steering switch signal GND circuit malfunction.
All steering switches do not work.
Refer to AV-591, "Diagnosis Procedure".

RELATED TO AUDIO
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom

Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take


Disk eject signal circuit malfunction between AV control
The CD cannot be removed. — unit and preset switch.
Refer to AV-577, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
No sound from all speakers.
Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Audio sound is not heard.
Sound is heard only from specific places Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
(RH front, RH rear, LH front and LH rear). Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
There is malfunction in the CONSULT-III Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
self-diagnosis result. Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
Perform the following inspection procedure.
1. Check satellite radio antenna (antenna base)
mounting nut for looseness.
Satellite radio is not received. NOTE:
There is no malfunction in the CON- Tightening torque: 6.5 N·m (0.66 kg-m, 58 in-lb)
SULT-III self-diagnosis result. 2. Visually check for satellite radio antenna feeder.
3. Replace the satellite radio antenna (antenna base) .
Refer to AV-748, "Exploded View".
4. Replace the AV control unit.
Refer to AV-738, "Exploded View".
• Antenna amp. ON signal circuit.
AM/FM radio is not received. Other audio sounds are normal.
• Antenna feeder.
Sound equalizer is not
— Roof status signal (audio) circuit malfunction.
switched.

RELATED TO iPod®
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom
Connect another iPod® and check if the symptom is reproduced or not. If the symptom is reproduced, diag-
nose the vehicle. If no malfunction is detected, replace the iPod harness.
iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Revision: 2010 March AV-728 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NOTE:
• It is unable to check that between iPod® and iPod harness. A
• The iPod Touch and iPod Classic may not charge properly in some cases.
• As for iPod released concurrently with and after iPhone 3G (iPod Touch, iPod Nano 4th generation, iPod
Classic 2nd generation, etc.) , 12 V charging circuit is deleted from iPod®. B

Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take


• iPod sound signal circuit between AV control unit and C
®
The sound of iPod is not iPod adapter.
Other audio sounds are normal.
heard. • iPod sound signal circuit between iPod® and iPod
adapter. D
It does not change to iPod There is malfunction in the CONSULT- Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
mode. III self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-519, "CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)".
“iPod is not connected” is dis- iPod connection recognition signal circuit between iP- E
played when it comes to iPod Connected to iPod®. ®
mode. od and iPod adapter.

iPod® cannot charge the bat- Not chargeable even when connecting iPod battery charge circuit between iPod® and iPod F
tery. other iPod®. Refer to above. adapter.
The title of music file in the iP-
od® is not indicated.
— Communication circuit between iPod® and iPod adapter.
G
®
Accessing the iPod is un-
available from the vehicle.
H
RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH
Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom
I
Symptoms Probable malfunction location
Steering switch signal GND circuit malfunction.
None of the steering switch operations work.
Refer to AV-591, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Steering switch malfunction.
Only specified switch cannot be operated.
Refer to AV-751, "Exploded View".
Steering switch's “SOURCE”, “MENU UP”, “MENU Steering switch signal A circuit malfunction. K
DOWN”, “ ”, “ENTER”switches do not work. Refer to AV-587, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Steering switch's “ ”, “VOL UP”, “VOL DOWN”, “ ” Steering switch signal B circuit malfunction.
switches do not work. Refer to AV-589, "Diagnosis Procedure". L

RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT


NOTE: M
Check that there is no malfunction of AUX equipment main body before performing a diagnosis.
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom
Symptoms Check items Probable malfunction location
AV
No voice sound is heard when Voice sound is heard when other modes AUX sound signal circuit (auxiliary input jacks to AV
AUX mode is selected. are selected. control unit).
Image is not displayed when AUX image signal circuit malfunction. O
Camera image is displayed.
AUX mode is selected. Refer to AV-576, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 March AV-729 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000004371866

NOTE:
For Navigation system operation information, refer to Navigation system Owner's Manual.
BASIC OPERATIONS

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


The brightness is at the lowest setting. Adjust the brightness of the display.
No image is displayed. The systems in the video mode. Push <DISC-AUX> to change the mode.
The display is turned off. Push <Day/Night> to turn on the display.
Screen not clear. Contrast setting is not appropriate. Adjust the contrast of the display.
The volume is not set correctly, or it is turned off. Adjust the volume of voice guidance.
No voice guidance is available. Or
The volume is too high or too low. Voice guidance is not provided for certain streets
This is not a malfunction.
(roads displayed in gray).
No map is displayed on the
A screen other than map screen is displayed. Push <MAP>.
screen.
The screen is too dim. The move- Wait until the interior of the vehicle has
The temperature in the interior of the vehicle is low.
ment is slow. warmed up.
Some pixels in the display are This condition is an inherent characteristic of liquid
This is not a malfunction.
darker or brighter than others. crystal displays.
Some menu items cannot be se- Some menu items become unavailable while the Park the vehicle in a safe location, and
lected. vehicle is driven. then operate the navigation system.
NOTE:
Locations stored in the Address Book and other memory functions may be lost if the vehicle's battery is dis-
connected or becomes discharged. If this occurs, service the vehicle's battery as necessary and re-enter the
information in the Address Book.
RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION
Related to basic operation

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


Close the windows or have other occupants qui-
The interior of the vehicle is too noisy.
et.
The volume of your voice is too low. Speak louder.
The volume if your voice is too loud. Speak softer.
Your pronunciation is unclear. Speak clearly.

The system does not Push and release “ ” switch on the steering
You are speaking before the voice recognition is ready switch, and speak a command after the tone
recognize your com-
mand. sounds.
or Make sure to speak a command within 8 sec-
The system recognizes 8 seconds or more have passed after you pushed and
onds after you push and release “ ” switch on
your command incor- released “ ” switch on the steering switch.
the steering switch.
rectly
Only a limited range of voice commands is usable for Use a correct voice command appropriate for the
each screen. current screen.
If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”, the fan
speed is automatically lowered and voice com-
The fan of the air conditioner is too loud. mands can be recognized more easily.
Lower the fan speed as necessary or set the air
conditioner to “Auto”.
• Close the retractable hard top.
The system cannot be
The retractable hard top is open. • Open and close the retractable hard top before
operated.
operating the system.

Revision: 2010 March AV-730 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Related to item choice
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, fol- A
low the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem
is resolved.
B
Symptom/ error message Solution
1. Ensure that the command format is valid.
C
2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise
level.
Displays “COMMAND NOT REC- 3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost
OGNIZED” or the system fails to D
on.
interpret the command correctly. NOTE:
If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.
4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then command should be tried with E
these in place.
1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. This can be con-
The system consistently selects firmed by giving the “Addressbook” Directory or Phone Directory command. F
the wrong voicetag
2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.

Related to telephone G
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try
the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is
resolved. H

Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. I
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at level appropriate to the ambient noise
J
level in the vehicle.
4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster
System fails to interpret the com- on).
mand correctly. NOTE: K
If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should L
be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker. See “Speaker adaptation
(SA) mode” earlier in this section. Refer to “OWNER’S MANUAL”.
1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This M
The system consistently selects can be confirmed by highlighting the name of the entry name in Phone menu.
the wrong voicetag
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
AV
RELATED TO AUDIO
• The majority of the audio malfunctions are the result of outside causes (bad CD/cassette, electromagnetic
interference, etc.). Check the symptoms below to diagnose the malfunction.
• The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning. O
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and oper-
ation of each piece of electrical equipment, and then determine the cause.
NOTE: P
• CD-R is not guaranteed to play because they can contain compressed audio (MP3, WMA) or could be incor-
rectly mastered by the customer on a computer.
• Check if the CDs carry the Compact Disc Logo. If not, the disc is not mastered to the “red book” Compact
Disc Standard and may not play.

Revision: 2010 March AV-731 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

Symptom Cause and Counter measure


Check if the CD/CF was inserted correctly.
Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is
gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal
temperature.
Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music
CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma” cannot be played. In addi-
tion, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be
in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format, This may occur depending on the
variation or the setting of MP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the CD/CF is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time be- If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA CD/CF, or if it is a multisession disc, some
fore the music starts playing. time may be required before the music starts playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing
Music cuts off or skips
depth, writing width might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities if data such as for high bit rate data.
Move immediately to the next song When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma”,
when playing or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the software, so the files might
desired order. not play in the desired order.
Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other
sources, is not a malfunction.
NOTE:
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking
the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the station arriving at the
antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings.

RELATED TO VEHICLE ICON

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


This is because the quantity of the displayed
information is reduced so that the screen does
Names of roads differ between Plan not become too crowded. There is also a
chance that names of the roads may be dis- This is not a malfunction.
View and Birdview™. played multiple times, and the names appear-
ing on the screen may be different because of
a processing procedure.
The vehicle was transported after the ignition
Drive the vehicle for a while on a road where
switch was pushed off, for example, by a ferry
GPS signals can be received.
or car transporter.
The vehicle icon is not displayed in
the correct position. The position and direction of the vehicle icon
This is not a malfunction. Drive the vehicle
may be incorrect depending on the driving en-
for a while to automatically correct the posi-
vironments and the levels of positioning accu-
tion and direction of the vehicle icon.
racy of the navigation system.
When the vehicle is traveling on a Because the new road is not stored in the map
Updated road information will be included in
new road, the vehicle icon is located data, the system automatically places the ve-
the next version of the map data.
on another road nearby. hicle icon on the nearest road available.

Revision: 2010 March AV-732 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
A
The screen does not switch to the Set the screen to the night screen mode us-
The daytime screen was set the last time the
night screen even after turning on ing <Day/Night> when you turn on the head-
headlights were turned on.
the headlights. lights.
The map does not scroll even when The current location map screen is not dis- B
Push <MAP>.
the vehicle is moving. played.
The current location map screen is not dis-
The vehicle icon is not displayed. Push <MAP>.
played. C
Drive the vehicle for a while (at approximate-
When using tire chains or replacing the tires, ly 19 MPH for about 30 minutes) to automat-
speed calculations based on the speed sensor ically correct the vehicle icon position. D
The location of the vehicle icon is may be incorrect. If this does not correct the vehicle icon posi-
misaligned from the actual position. tion, contact an INFINITI dealer.
The map data has a mistake or is incomplete
Updated road information will be included in E
(the vehicle icon position is always misaligned
the next version of the map data.
in the same area).

RELATED TO ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE F

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


Waypoints are not included in Waypoints that you have already passed are not included If you want to go to that waypoint G
the auto reroute calculation. in the auto reroute calculation. again, you need to edit the route.
Set the destination and perform route
Route calculation has not yet been performed.
calculation.
H
Route information is not dis- You are not driving on the suggested route. Drive on the suggested route.
played. Route guidance is set to off. Turn on route guidance.
Route information is not provided for certain types of roads I
This is not a malfunction.
(roads displayed in gray).
The auto reroute calculation
(or detour calculation) sug- Route calculations took priority conditions into consider- J
This is not a malfunction.
gests the same route as the ation, but the same route was calculated.
one previously suggested.
A maximum of 5 waypoints can be
set on the route. If you want to go to K
Five waypoints are already set on the route, including ones
A waypoint cannot be added. 6 or more waypoints, perform route
that you have already passed.
calculations multiple times as neces-
sary. L
Reset the destination to a main or or-
Roads near the destination cannot be calculated. dinary road, and recalculate the
route.
M
The starting point and destination are too close. Set a more distant destination.
The suggested route is not dis- Divide your trip by selecting one or
played. two intermediate destinations, and
The starting point and destination are too far away. AV
perform route calculations multiple
times.
There are time restricted roads (by the day of the week, by Set [Use Time Restricted Roads] to
time) near the current vehicle location or destination. off. O
A route is managed by sections between waypoints. If you
The part of the route that you
passed the first waypoint, the section between the starting
have already passed is delet- This is not a malfunction.
point and the waypoint is deleted. (It may not be deleted de- P
ed.
pending on the area.)
If there are restrictions (such as one-way streets) on roads
Adjust the location of the starting of
close to the starting point or destination, the system may
the starting point or destination.
suggest an indirect route.
An indirect route is suggested.
The system may suggest an indirect route because route Reset the destination to a main or or-
calculation does not take into consideration some areas dinary road, and recalculate the
such as narrow streets (gray roads.) route.

Revision: 2010 March AV-733 2009 G37 Convertible


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
The landmark information
Updated information will be included
does not correspond to the ac- This may be caused by insufficient or incorrect map data.
in the next version of the data.
tual information.
The suggested route does not
Set the starting point, waypoints and
exactly connect to the starting There is no data for route calculation closes to these loca-
destination on a main road, and per-
point, waypoints, or destina- tions.
form route calculation.
tion.

RELATED TO VOICE GUIDANCE

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


Voice guidance is only available at certain intersections
marked with? In some case, voice guidance is not This is not a malfunction.
available even when the vehicle should make a turn.

Voice guidance is not available Go back to the suggested route or request


The vehicle has deviated from the suggested route.
route calculation again
Voice guide is set to off. Turn on voice guidance.
Route guidance is set to off. Turn on voice guidance.
The guidance contact does not
The contact of voice guidance may vary, depending on
correspond to the actual condi- Follow all traffic rules and regulations.
the types of intersections at which turn are made.
tion.

RELATED TO TRAFFIC INFORMATION

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution


The traffic information is not set to on. Set the traffic information to on.
You are in an area where traffic information is not avail- Scroll to an area where traffic information is
able available
The traffic information
is not displayed You have not subscribed to XM NavTraffic or, your sub-
Check your subscription status of XM NavTraffic.
scription to XM NavTraffic has expired.
The map scale is set at a level where the display of Check that the map scale is set at a level in which
icons is impossible. the display of icons is possible.
With the automatic de- The automatic detour search is not intended for
tour route search ON, There is no faster route compared to the current route, avoiding traffic jams. It searches for the fastest
no detour route is set to based on the road network and traffic information. route taking into consideration such things as
avoid congested areas. traffic jams.
The route does not Observe the actual road condition and follow the
avoid road section with The navigation system is designed not to avoid this instructions on road for detour when necessary.
traffic information stat- event because the actual period of closure may differ If the road closure is for certain, use detour func-
ing it is closed due to from the declared roadwork period. tion and set the detour distance to avoid the
road construction. closed road section.
Traffic information dis-
Observe the actual road conditions and regula-
played differs from in-
Other media may use different information sources. tions. Always observe safe driving practices and
formation from other
follow all traffic regulations.
media (e.g. radio).

Revision: 2010 March AV-734 2009 G37 Convertible


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005156455

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
WARNING: E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) I
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000005156458

K
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-
ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the
window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic
L
window function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Service Procedure Precautions for Models with a Pop-up Roll Bar INFOID:0000000005156456

M
WARNING:
• Risk of passenger injury or death may increase if the pop-up roll bar does not deploy during a roll
over collision. In order to reduce the chance of an incident where the pop-up roll bar is inoperative,
AV
all maintenance must be performed by a NISSAN or INFINITI dealer.
• Before removing and installing the pop-up roll bar component parts and harness, always turn the
ignition switch OFF, disconnect the battery negative terminal, and wait for 3 minutes or more. (The
purpose of this operation is to discharge electricity that is accumulated in the auxiliary power supply O
circuit in the air bag diagnosis sensor unit.)
• When repairing, removing, and installing a pop-up roll bar, always refer to SRS AIR BAG and SRS
AIR BAG CONTROL warnings in the Service Manual.
P
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000004371868

AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0 V or less.
• Be sure to turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before
checking the circuit.

Revision: 2010 March AV-735 2009 G37 Convertible


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000004371869

AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]

PKIA0306E

• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)

PKIA0307E

Revision: 2010 March AV-736 2009 G37 Convertible


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000004371870
B

Tool name Description


C

D
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts

E
PBIC0191E

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-737 2009 G37 Convertible


AV CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


AV CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371871

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JPNIA0494ZZ

1. Unified meter and A/C amp. 2. Bracket LH 3. AV control unit


4. Bracket RH

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371872

REMOVAL
1. Remove display unit.
2. Remove AV control unit with a unified meter and A/C amp. as a single unit from the body.
3. Remove bracket screws, and then remove AV control unit.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Since AV control unit connector and unified meter and A/C amp. connector have the same form, be
careful not to insert them wrongly.

Revision: 2010 March AV-738 2009 G37 Convertible


DISPLAY UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371873

Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View". B


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371874

REMOVAL C
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove display unit with bracket as a single unit.
D
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
E

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-739 2009 G37 Convertible


DOOR SQUAWKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DOOR SQUAWKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371875

JPNIA0480ZZ

1. Door finisher assembly


2. Door squawker

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371876

REMOVAL
1. Remove door finisher assembly. Refer to INT-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove door squawker from door finisher assembly.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-740 2009 G37 Convertible


DOOR WOOFER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DOOR WOOFER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371877

D
JPNIA0481ZZ

E
1. Door woofer
2. Woofer bracket
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371878

REMOVAL
G
1. Remove door finisher assembly. Refer to INT-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove door woofer from woofer bracket.
INSTALLATION H
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-741 2009 G37 Convertible


TWEETER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
TWEETER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371881

JPNIA0483ZZ

1. Tweeter
2. Corner cover

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371882

REMOVAL
1. Remove corner cover. Refer to MIR-19, "DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View".
2. Remove tweeter from corner cover.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-742 2009 G37 Convertible


CENTER SPEAKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CENTER SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371883

D
JSNIA0120ZZ

E
1. Center speaker

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371884


F
REMOVAL
1. Remove upper grille, and then remove center speaker. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View". G
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
H

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-743 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR WOOFER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR WOOFER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371885

JPNIA1603ZZ

1. Rear woofer

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371886

REMOVAL
1. Remove rear seatback. Refer to SE-246, "Exploded View".
2. Remove rear woofer from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-744 2009 G37 Convertible


HEADREST SPEAKER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
HEADREST SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000005106292

D
JPNIA1602ZZ

E
1. Headrest speaker
2. Headrest frame
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005106293

REMOVAL
G
1. Remove headrest frame. Refer to SE-223, "Exploded View".
2. Remove headrest speaker screws, then disconnect headrest speaker connector and remove headrest
speaker. H
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
I

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-745 2009 G37 Convertible


BOSE AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371887

JPNIA1604ZZ

1. BOSE amp.
: Vehicle front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371888

REMOVAL
1. Remove net guard bracket assembly. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View".
2. Remove BOSE amp. from trunk room.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-746 2009 G37 Convertible


AUDIOPILOT® MICROPHONE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AUDIOPILOT® MICROPHONE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000005106334

REMOVAL B
Refer to SE-223, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JPNIA1605ZZ
F
1. AudioPilot® microphone
2. Headrest inner grille
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005106335

REMOVAL H
1. Remove headrest inner grille. Refer to SE-223, "Exploded View".
2. Remove AudioPilot® microphone from headrest inner grille.
I
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-747 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA BASE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA BASE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004931206

JPNIA1606GB

1. Antenna rod
2. Antenna base
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004931207

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher inner. Refer to INT-26, "Exploded View".
2. Remove antenna base mounting nut.
3. Remove antenna base.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be careful about tightening torque. Antenna sensitivity becomes poor, and when it is excessive, trunk
lid panel may be deformed, when antenna base mounting nut tightening torque is loose.

Revision: 2010 March AV-748 2009 G37 Convertible


MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371895

REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JSNIA0126ZZ
F
1. Center ventilator grille
2. Multifunction switch
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371896

REMOVAL H
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove multifunction switch with center ventilator grille as a single unit.
3. Remove multifunction switch from center ventilator. I

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-749 2009 G37 Convertible


PRESET SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
PRESET SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371897

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0107ZZ

1. Clock 2. Cluster lid C 3. Preset switch

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371898

REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
2. Remove preset switch (2) from cluster lid C.

1. Clock
A. Screw
B. Screw
C. Screw

JSNIA0127ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
When installing preset switch, do not allow the print wire that connects preset switch and multifunction switch
to get caught in between AV control unit and preset switch.

Revision: 2010 March AV-750 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371899

Refer to ST-13, "Exploded View". B


Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371900

REMOVAL C
Refer to ST-13, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
D
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-751 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD ADAPTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
IPOD ADAPTER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371901

JPNIA0493ZZ

1. iPod adapter

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371902

REMOVAL
1. Remove display assy. Refer to AV-739, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove display from display bracket.
3. Remove iPod adapter from display bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-752 2009 G37 Convertible


IPOD CONNECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
IPOD CONNECTOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371903

REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JPNIA0491ZZ
F
1. iPod connector

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371904 G

REMOVAL
1. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View". H
2. Push the pawl from the back of center console to remove iPod connector.
INSTALLATION
I
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-753 2009 G37 Convertible


AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371905

REMOVAL
Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY

JSNIA0131ZZ

1. Auxiliary input jacks

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371906

REMOVAL
1. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Exploded View".
2. Remove auxiliary input jacks from center console assembly.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 March AV-754 2009 G37 Convertible


MICROPHONE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
MICROPHONE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371907

REMOVAL B
Refer to INL-99, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JSNIA0132ZZ
F
1. Microphone

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371908 G

REMOVAL
1. Remove map lamp. Refer to INL-99, "Exploded View". H
2. Remove microphone from map lamp.
INSTALLATION
I
Install in the reverse order of removal.

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-755 2009 G37 Convertible


GPS ANTENNA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
GPS ANTENNA
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371909

Harness Layout INFOID:0000000004371910

JPNIA1595GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-756 2009 G37 Convertible


GPS ANTENNA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371911

A
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument panel. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
B
2. Remove GPS antenna (1) from instrument panel.

E
JSNIA0175ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. F

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-757 2009 G37 Convertible


CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371912

JPNIA0489ZZ

1. Camera control unit

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371913

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk floor spacer RH, and then remove camera control unit. Refer to INT-23, "Exploded View".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004371914

ADJUSTMENT
There may be a misalignment of possible route line center position of rear view monitor after removing camera
control unit. Therefore, correct neutral position with the following procedure.
1. Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends.
2. Drive vehicle at 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) min. speed at least 100 m (328.1 ft).

Revision: 2010 March AV-758 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW CAMERA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW CAMERA
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371915

REMOVAL B
Refer to EXT-36, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JPNIA1782ZZ
F
1. Rear view camera

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371916 G

REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher outer. Refer to EXT-36, "Exploded View". H
2. Remove rear view camera from trunk lid finisher outer.
INSTALLATION
I
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004371917

J
Adjust the guide line position if the guide line position is shifted after installing the rear view camera.
1. Draw lines on rearward area of the vehicle passing through the
following points: 200 mm (7.87 in) from both sides of the vehicle, K
and 0.5 m (1.64 ft), 1.0 m (3.28 ft) from the rear end of the
bumper.
2. Set into “Adjust offset of rear view camera” mode of Confirma-
tion / Adjustment mode. L

AV

SKIB3691E

Revision: 2010 March AV-759 2009 G37 Convertible


REAR VIEW CAMERA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
3. Rotate the center dial, and then select the guiding line pattern so
that its angle is aligned with the correction line of the rear of the
vehicle.

Selected pattern :7
4. Make fine adjustment to the correction line of the rear of the
vehicle with up/down/left/right switches so that its position is
aligned with the guiding line. Press “OK” switch and record the
adjusted guiding line position to the camera control unit.
SKIB3689E
Up/Down adjustment range : −20 – 20
Left/Right adjustment range : −20 – 20
CAUTION:
Never operate other function such as pressing BACK while writing index data.
If Confirmation/Adjustment mode does not function in the above procedure, perform one of the
following service to adjust the index again.
• Remove battery for five min. Then reconnect battery.
• Remove camera control unit connector for five min. Then reconnect camera control unit connec-
tor.

Revision: 2010 March AV-760 2009 G37 Convertible


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004371918

REMOVAL B
Refer to SR-14, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C

JSNIA0135ZZ
F
1. Spiral cable
2. Steering angle sensor
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004371919

REMOVAL H
1. Remove spiral cable.
2. Remove steering angle sensor from spiral cable.
I
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
J

AV

Revision: 2010 March AV-761 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000005096893

JPNIA1595GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-762 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (SATELLITE RADIO)
A
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000005096894

AV

P
JPNIA1595GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-763 2009 G37 Convertible


ANTENNA FEEDER (GPS)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (GPS)
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000005096895

JPNIA1595GB

Revision: 2010 March AV-764 2009 G37 Convertible

You might also like